WHITTMAN HART INC
S-1, 1996-08-06
COMPUTER PROCESSING & DATA PREPARATION
Previous: ELAMEX SA DE CV, 10-Q, 1996-08-06
Next: NOVA CORP GA, 10-Q, 1996-08-06



<PAGE>
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 6, 1996
                                                           REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                     <C>                    <C>
       DELAWARE                 7379                    36-3797833
   (State or other        (Primary Standard          (I.R.S. Employer
   jurisdiction of           Industrial             Identification No.)
   incorporation or      Classification Code
    organization)               No.)
</TABLE>
 
311 SOUTH WACKER DRIVE, SUITE 3500, CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606-6618; (312) 922-9200
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                               ROBERT F. BERNARD
                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
311 SOUTH WACKER DRIVE, SUITE 3500, CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606-6618; (312) 922-9200
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                         ------------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
          DOUGLAS R. NEWKIRK                         MATTHEW S. BROWN
          J. TODD ARKEBAUER                            MARK D. WOOD
       SACHNOFF & WEAVER, LTD.                    KATTEN MUCHIN & ZAVIS
    30 S. WACKER DRIVE, 29TH FLOOR           525 W. MONROE STREET, SUITE 1600
     CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606-7484                CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60661
            (312) 207-1000                            (312) 902-5200
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
 APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF THE PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
                                    PUBLIC:
  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
                            ------------------------
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box. / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration number  of  the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. / /
 
    If  delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
                            ------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          PROPOSED         PROPOSED
                                                           MAXIMUM          MAXIMUM
                                         AMOUNT TO BE     OFFERING         AGGREGATE      AMOUNT OF
   TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES      REGISTERED   PRICE PER SHARE  OFFERING PRICE   REGISTRATION
           TO BE REGISTERED                  (1)             (2)              (2)            FEE
<S>                                      <C>           <C>              <C>              <C>
Common Stock, $.001 par value..........   2,070,000        $29.75         $61,582,500      $21,235
</TABLE>
 
(1) Includes 270,000 shares that the Underwriters have the option to purchase to
    cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for purposes of computing the registration fee pursuant  to
    Rule  457(c) under the  Securities Act of  1933 on the  basis of the average
    high and low prices  of the Common  Stock on the  Nasdaq National Market  on
    July 31, 1996.
 
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
Information   contained  herein  is  subject   to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration statement  relating to  these securities  has been  filed with  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission. These securities  may not be  sold nor may
offers to  buy  be  accepted  prior  to  the  time  the  registration  statement
becomes  effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in  any State in which such offer,  solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification  under the securities laws  of any such  State.
<PAGE>
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 6, 1996
 
PROSPECTUS
            , 1996
 
                                1,800,000 SHARES
 
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
 S
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
    Of  the 1,800,000  shares of  Common Stock  being offered  hereby, 1,035,000
shares are being sold by Whittman-Hart, Inc. ("Whittman-Hart" or the  "Company")
and  765,000 shares are  being sold by the  Selling Stockholders. See "Principal
and Selling Stockholders." The Company will not receive any part of the proceeds
from the sale of shares by the Selling Stockholders.
 
    The Common Stock is  traded on the Nasdaq  National Market under the  symbol
"WHIT."  On August 2, 1996, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock was
$29 7/8 per share. See "Price Range of Common Stock."
 
                            ------------------------
 
    SEE "RISK  FACTORS" BEGINNING  ON  PAGE 5  FOR  INFORMATION THAT  SHOULD  BE
CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
 
                             ---------------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR   ANY  STATE  SECURITIES   COMMISSION  NOR  HAS   THE
   SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION
     PASSED  UPON   THE   ACCURACY   OR  ADEQUACY   OF   THIS   PROSPECTUS.
      ANY   REPRESENTATION  TO   THE  CONTRARY  IS   A  CRIMINAL  OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   PRICE        UNDERWRITING       PROCEEDS        PROCEEDS TO
                                  TO THE        DISCOUNTS AND       TO THE         THE SELLING
                                  PUBLIC       COMMISSIONS (1)    COMPANY (2)     STOCKHOLDERS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Per Share.....................        $               $                $                $
Total (3).....................        $               $                $                $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
(1) SEE "UNDERWRITING" FOR INDEMNIFICATION ARRANGEMENTS WITH THE UNDERWRITERS.
 
(2) BEFORE DEDUCTING EXPENSES ESTIMATED AT  $500,000, WHICH WILL BE PAID BY  THE
    COMPANY.
 
(3)  CERTAIN  SELLING STOCKHOLDERS  HAVE GRANTED  TO  THE UNDERWRITERS  A 30-DAY
    OPTION TO  PURCHASE UP  TO 270,000  ADDITIONAL SHARES  AT THE  PRICE TO  THE
    PUBLIC  LESS UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS  AND COMMISSIONS, SOLELY  TO COVER OVER-
    ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY. IF SUCH OPTION IS EXERCISED IN FULL, THE TOTAL PRICE  TO
    THE  PUBLIC, UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS, PROCEEDS TO THE COMPANY
    AND PROCEEDS TO THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS WILL BE $      , $     , $      AND
    $          , RESPECTIVELY.  SEE  "PRINCIPAL  AND  SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS" AND
    "UNDERWRITING."
 
    The shares of  Common Stock are  being offered by  the several  Underwriters
when,  as and if  delivered to and  accepted by the  Underwriters and subject to
various prior conditions, including their right to reject orders in whole or  in
part.  It is expected  that delivery of  share certificates will  be made in New
York, New York, on or about             , 1996.
 
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE                              VOLPE, WELTY & COMPANY
        SECURITIES CORPORATION
<PAGE>
    THIS PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS CERTAIN  FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  THAT  INVOLVE
SUBSTANTIAL  RISKS AND  UNCERTAINTIES. WHEN USED  IN THIS  PROSPECTUS, THE WORDS
"ANTICIPATE," "BELIEVE,"  "ESTIMATE," AND  "EXPECT" AND  SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS  AS
THEY  RELATE TO  THE COMPANY  OR ITS  MANAGEMENT ARE  INTENDED TO  IDENTIFY SUCH
FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS.  THE  COMPANY'S  ACTUAL  RESULTS,  PERFORMANCE   OR
ACHIEVEMENTS   COULD  DIFFER   MATERIALLY  FROM  THE   RESULTS,  PERFORMANCE  OR
ACHIEVEMENTS EXPRESSED  IN, OR  IMPLIED  BY, THESE  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS.
FACTORS  THAT  COULD  CAUSE  OR CONTRIBUTE  TO  SUCH  DIFFERENCES  INCLUDE THOSE
DISCUSSED IN "RISK FACTORS."
 
                            ------------------------
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE  COMPANY AT  A LEVEL ABOVE  THAT WHICH  MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET, IN  THE
OVER-THE-COUNTER  MARKET, OR OTHERWISE.  SUCH STABILIZING, IF  COMMENCED, MAY BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS AND CERTAIN SELLING GROUP
MEMBERS MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK  ON
THE  NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET IN ACCORDANCE  WITH RULE 10B-6A UNDER THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
                            ------------------------
 
    Whittman-Hart-Registered   Trademark-,    Making   Information    Technology
Work-Registered  Trademark- and We Are IT-SM-  are service marks of the Company.
Windows-Registered  Trademark-   is   a  registered   trademark   of   Microsoft
Corporation.  All other trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in
this Prospectus are the property of their respective owners.
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  REFERENCE TO, AND
SHOULD BE  READ IN  CONJUNCTION  WITH, THE  MORE  DETAILED INFORMATION  AND  THE
FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND RELATED  NOTES  THERETO APPEARING  ELSEWHERE  IN THIS
PROSPECTUS. UNLESS  INDICATED  OTHERWISE,  THE  INFORMATION  CONTAINED  IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS:  (I)  ASSUMES THAT  THE UNDERWRITERS'  OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION  IS NOT
EXERCISED; (II) GIVES RETROACTIVE  EFFECT TO A  4 FOR 1 SPLIT  OF THE SHARES  OF
COMMON  STOCK, $.001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE (THE "COMMON STOCK"), EFFECTED ON APRIL
3,  1996;  AND  (III)  REFLECTS  THE  CONVERSION  OF  THE  COMPANY'S  REDEEMABLE
CONVERTIBLE  PREFERRED  STOCK,  $.001  PAR  VALUE  PER  SHARE  (THE  "REDEEMABLE
PREFERRED STOCK") INTO  956,074 SHARES OF  COMMON STOCK ON  MAY 2, 1996.  UNLESS
OTHERWISE  INDICATED, ALL REFERENCES TO THE "COMPANY" OR "WHITTMAN-HART" INCLUDE
THE AFFILIATED  ENTITIES  INVOLVED  IN  THE  REORGANIZATION  DESCRIBED  IN  "THE
COMPANY."
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Whittman-Hart,  Inc. ("Whittman-Hart"  or the  "Company") provides strategic
information  technology  ("IT")  services  designed  to  improve  its   clients'
productivity  and competitive position. The Company  offers its clients a single
source for a comprehensive  range of services  required to successfully  design,
develop  and implement integrated computer systems projects in diverse computing
environments. Among the services offered by the Company are systems integration,
strategic IT planning,  software development,  packaged software  implementation
(such  as  SAP's  R/3  client/server  application  software),  business  process
reengineering, organizational  change management,  networking and  connectivity,
conventional   and   multimedia   documentation   and   training,   design   and
implementation of  workgroup solutions  (such  as Lotus  Notes) and  design  and
implementation  of electronic commerce solutions  (such as intranet/Internet and
EDI).
 
    Whittman-Hart's marketing efforts focus  on middle market companies  ranging
from  $50 million to  $500 million in  annual revenues and  divisions of Fortune
1000 companies. Whittman-Hart  serves clients  in a broad  range of  industries,
including communications, consumer products, distribution, diversified services,
financial  services,  insurance,  manufacturing,  pharmaceuticals,  professional
services, retail and technology. The  Company employs consultants with  business
experience in these areas to enhance its ability to understand industry-specific
business  issues and develop unbiased IT  solutions to address these issues. The
number of clients billed  by the Company has  grown from 338 in  1993 to 492  in
1995.   The  Company  believes  that  it  has  established  significant  ongoing
relationships with many of its clients.
 
    The demand for IT consulting services has increased rapidly in recent  years
and  is continuing to  grow because: (i) businesses  and other organizations are
becoming more reliant on  IT for their competitive  success; (ii) companies  are
migrating  from  centralized,  mainframe-based computer  systems  to distributed
client/server environments; (iii) widespread organizational downsizing  requires
improved  business  process efficiencies;  (iv)  IT solutions  have  become more
complex; and (v) organizations do not generally possess the quantity and variety
of IT skills needed to execute  complex IT projects. Whittman-Hart has  competed
successfully  in this environment, experiencing a compound annual revenue growth
rate of  46%  over the  past  three fiscal  years.  For fiscal  year  1995,  the
Company's  revenues were $49.8 million, an increase of 69% from $29.5 million in
fiscal year 1994. Revenues  for the six  months ended June  30, 1996 were  $38.9
million, an increase of 82% from $21.4 million in the corresponding 1995 period.
From  June 30, 1995  to June 30,  1996, the number  of consultants increased 69%
from 425 to 718.
 
    Whittman-Hart sells  and delivers  its  services through  a network  of  six
branch  offices located in Chicago,  Indianapolis, Denver, Cincinnati, Milwaukee
and Dallas. The Company has developed  a national branch expansion strategy  and
has  begun replicating its business model  in additional major domestic markets.
Expansion plans for 1996 include a Dallas branch, opened in January 1996, and an
additional branch, scheduled  to open  in late 1996.  In support  of its  growth
strategy,  Whittman-Hart has  made significant  investments in  its business and
systems infrastructure,  recruiting  organization,  training  methodologies  and
marketing  programs,  all of  which the  Company believes  will be  necessary to
support a  significantly  larger  organization. The  Company's  growth  strategy
includes  the  following  elements:  (i)  expanding  service  capabilities; (ii)
increasing  client  penetration  by  cross-selling  additional  services;  (iii)
acquiring  other  firms  to  facilitate entry  into  new  geographic  markets or
increase technical expertise; and (iv) seeking strategic relationships to  share
technical and industry knowledge and pursue joint marketing opportunities.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company..............  1,035,000 shares
Common Stock offered by the Selling                765,000 shares
Stockholders.....................................
Common Stock to be outstanding after the           9,987,472 shares (1)
offering.........................................
Use of proceeds..................................  General corporate purposes, including
                                                   working capital, branch expansion and
                                                   possible acquisitions of related
                                                   businesses.
Nasdaq National Market symbol....................  WHIT
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Excludes:  (i) options outstanding  on the date  hereof to purchase 914,334
     shares at a weighted average exercise price of $6.76; (ii) 1,126,706 shares
     reserved for issuance upon exercise of  options that may be granted in  the
     future  under the  Company's 1995 Incentive  Stock Plan;  and (iii) 400,000
     shares reserved for  issuance under the  Company's Employee Stock  Purchase
     Plan.  See "Management -- Stock Plans,"  "Description of Capital Stock" and
     Note 10 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       JUNE 30,
                                                   -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                                     1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA: (1)
  Revenues.......................................  $  17,881  $  18,632  $  23,422  $  29,543  $  49,822  $  21,412  $  38,863
  Gross profit...................................      6,849      7,395      9,593     11,816     19,430      8,282     15,501
  Operating income...............................        177        713      1,037      1,175      1,713        905      2,539
  Net income.....................................          8        693      1,100      1,100      1,780        806      1,745
  Net income per share...........................                                                                        $0.22
  Shares used in computing net income per
   share.........................................                                                                        7,806
  Pro forma net income (2).......................          8        679      1,073        855      1,114        504
  Pro forma net income per share (2)(3)..........                                                  $0.16      $0.07
  Shares used in computing pro forma net income
   per share (3).................................                                                  7,065      7,149
  Supplementary pro forma net income per share
   (4)...........................................                                                  $0.17
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                                       -------------------------
                                                                                        ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(5)
                                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments...............................  $  33,109    $   61,829
  Working capital....................................................................     40,649        69,369
  Total assets.......................................................................     54,152        82,872
  Total stockholders' equity.........................................................     45,524        74,244
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Certain reclassifications have been made  to prior year amounts to  conform
     to the 1995 presentation. See Note 2 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
(2)  Reflects  federal and additional  state income tax  expense that would have
     been required  had  the  Company  and its  predecessors  operated  as  a  C
     corporation for all periods presented.
 
(3)  See  Note 2 of Notes to Financial Statements for information concerning the
     computation of pro forma net income per share.
 
(4)  Adjusted to give effect to the retirement of two promissory notes  totaling
     $1,666,500,  resulting in a reduction of  interest expense of $153,000 (pro
     forma net income effect of $92,000 assuming a pro forma effective tax  rate
     of 40%) as if the Company's initial public offering had occurred on January
     1,  1995. Shares used  in computing supplementary pro  forma net income per
     share were increased by 111,996 to approximate the number of shares sold in
     the Company's initial public offering to yield net proceeds to retire these
     notes. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
(5)  Adjusted to give  effect to the  sale of 1,035,000  shares of Common  Stock
     offered  by  the Company  hereby  at an  assumed  public offering  price of
     $29 7/8  per  share and  the  application  of the  estimated  net  proceeds
     therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS, INVESTORS
SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE FOLLOWING FACTORS IN CONNECTION WITH AN INVESTMENT
IN THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY (THE "SHARES").
 
ATTRACTION AND RETENTION OF EMPLOYEES
 
    The Company's business involves the delivery of professional services and is
labor-intensive. The Company's success depends in large part upon its ability to
attract,  develop,  motivate  and  retain  highly  skilled  technical employees.
Qualified technical employees  are in great  demand and are  likely to remain  a
limited  resource for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to attract and retain sufficient numbers of highly  skilled
technical  employees  in the  future. The  Company has  historically experienced
turnover rates which it believes are consistent with industry norms. An increase
in this rate  could have a  material adverse effect  on the Company's  business,
operating  results and financial condition, including  its ability to secure and
complete engagements. See "Business -- Human Resources."
 
MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
 
    The Company is currently  experiencing rapid growth  that has strained,  and
could  continue to  strain, the Company's  managerial and  other resources. From
June 30, 1995 through  June 30, 1996, the  number of consultants increased  from
425  to 718 and further significant increases are anticipated during the current
year. The Company opened a Dallas branch  in January 1996, and plans to open  an
additional  branch in  late 1996.  The Company  also intends  to open additional
offices in  the  future. The  Company's  ability to  manage  the growth  of  its
operations will require it to continue to improve its operational, financial and
other  internal  systems  and  to  attract,  develop,  motivate  and  retain its
employees. If  the  Company's management  is  unable  to manage  growth  or  new
employees  are unable to  achieve anticipated performance  levels, the Company's
business, operating  results and  financial condition  could be  materially  and
adversely affected.
 
PROJECT RISKS
 
    Many  of the Company's engagements involve projects that are critical to the
operations of its clients' businesses and provide benefits that may be difficult
to quantify. The Company's failure or inability to meet a client's  expectations
in  the performance of its services could result in a material adverse change to
the client's operations  and therefore  could give  rise to  claims against  the
Company  or damage the  Company's reputation, adversely  affecting its business,
operating results and financial condition.
 
VARIABILITY OF QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS
 
    Variations in the Company's revenues  and operating results occur from  time
to  time as a result of a number  of factors, such as the significance of client
engagements commenced and  completed during  a quarter, the  number of  business
days  in a quarter, timing of branch  and service line expansion activities, the
timing of corporate expenditures and employee hiring and utilization rates.  The
timing  of revenues is  difficult to forecast because  the Company's sales cycle
can be relatively long and may depend on  factors such as the size and scope  of
assignments  and general economic  conditions. Because a  high percentage of the
Company's expenses are  relatively fixed, a  variation in the  number of  client
assignments  or  the  timing  of  the initiation  or  the  completion  of client
assignments, particularly  at  or  near  the  end  of  any  quarter,  can  cause
significant  variations in operating  results from quarter  to quarter and could
result in losses to the Company. In addition the Company's engagements generally
are terminable by the client without penalty. Although the number of consultants
can be adjusted to correspond to the number of active projects, the Company must
maintain a sufficient number  of senior consultants  to oversee existing  client
projects  and  assist with  the  Company's sales  force  in securing  new client
assignments. See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations."
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  market  for IT  services  includes a  large  number of  competitors, is
subject to rapid change and  is highly competitive. Primary competitors  include
participants  from a variety of market  segments, including "Big Six" accounting
firms, systems consulting and implementation firms, application software  firms,
service groups of computer equipment companies, facilities management companies,
general  management consulting  firms and  programming companies.  Many of these
competitors have significantly greater financial,
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
technical and marketing resources and greater name recognition than the Company.
In  addition,  the  Company  competes  with  its  clients'  internal  resources,
particularly  where these resources  represent a fixed cost  to the client. Such
competition may impose additional pricing pressures on the Company. There can be
no assurance  that  the Company  will  compete successfully  with  its  existing
competitors or with any new competitors. See "Business -- Competition."
 
RELIANCE ON KEY EXECUTIVES
 
    The  success  of  the  Company  is highly  dependent  upon  the  efforts and
abilities of  its  executive  officers, particularly  Mr.  Robert  Bernard,  the
Company's  founder and Chief  Executive Officer. Although  these executives have
entered into employment agreements containing noncompetition, nondisclosure  and
nonsolicitation   covenants,  these  contracts  do   not  guarantee  that  these
individuals will continue  their employment with  the Company. The  loss of  the
services  of any of  these key executives  for any reason  could have a material
adverse effect  upon the  Company's business,  operating results  and  financial
condition. See "Management -- Employment Agreements."
 
CONCENTRATION OF REVENUES
 
    The  Company derives a significant portion of its revenues from a relatively
limited number of clients. For example during fiscal year 1995 and the first six
months of  1996,  revenues  from  the Company's  ten  most  significant  clients
accounted  for  approximately  33%  of  its  revenues,  and  its  largest client
accounted for approximately 10% and 8% of the Company's revenues,  respectively.
There can be no assurance that these clients will continue to engage the Company
for  additional projects or do so at the same revenue levels. Clients engage the
Company on  an  assignment-by-assignment  basis,  and  a  client  can  generally
terminate an assignment at any time without penalty. The loss of any significant
client could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating
results  and financial condition.  See "Management's Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial Condition  and Results  of Operations"  and "Business  -- Clients  and
Representative Solutions."
 
RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE; DEPENDENCE ON NEW SOLUTIONS
 
    The  Company's success  will depend  in part  on its  ability to  develop IT
solutions that  keep  pace with  continuing  changes in  IT,  evolving  industry
standards  and changing client  preferences. There can be  no assurance that the
Company will  be successful  in adequately  addressing these  developments on  a
timely  basis or that, if these developments  are addressed, the Company will be
successful in  the marketplace.  In addition,  there can  be no  assurance  that
products  or  technologies developed  by others  will  not render  the Company's
services uncompetitive  or  obsolete. The  Company's  failure to  address  these
developments  could have  a material adverse  effect on  the Company's business,
operating results and financial condition.
 
RISKS RELATED TO POSSIBLE ACQUISITIONS
 
    The Company may expand its operations through the acquisition of  additional
businesses. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to identify,
acquire or profitably manage additional businesses or successfully integrate any
acquired  businesses into  the Company  without substantial  expenses, delays or
other operational or  financial problems.  Further, acquisitions  may involve  a
number  of  special  risks  or  effects,  including  diversion  of  management's
attention, failure to  retain key  acquired personnel,  unanticipated events  or
circumstances,  legal liabilities and amortization of acquired intangible assets
and other one-time or ongoing acquisition related expenses, some or all of which
could have  a  material adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business,  operating
results  and financial condition. Client satisfaction or performance problems at
a single acquired firm could have a material adverse impact on the reputation of
the Company as a  whole. In addition,  there can be  no assurance that  acquired
businesses,  if any, will achieve anticipated revenues and earnings. The failure
of the Company  to manage  its acquisition  strategy successfully  could have  a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's  business,  operating  results and
financial condition. See "Business -- Growth Strategy."
 
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER
 
    After completion  of  this  offering,  Mr.  Bernard  will  beneficially  own
approximately  40.1% of the  Company's outstanding shares of  Common Stock. As a
result, Mr. Bernard will, as a practical matter,
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
continue to be able  to control the outcome  of matters requiring a  stockholder
vote,  including the election of the members  of the Board of Directors, thereby
controlling the  affairs  and management  of  the Company.  Such  control  could
adversely  affect the  market price of  the Common  Stock or delay  or prevent a
change in control of the Company. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
 
    The Company's success is dependent upon certain methodologies it utilizes in
designing, installing and  integrating computer software  and systems and  other
proprietary  intellectual property  rights. The Company's  business includes the
development of custom software in  connection with specific client  engagements.
Ownership of such software is generally assigned to the client. The Company also
develops  certain  foundation  and application  software  products,  or software
"tools," which remain the property of the Company.
 
    The Company relies upon a combination of nondisclosure and other contractual
arrangements and  trade secret,  copyright  and trademark  laws to  protect  its
proprietary  rights and  the proprietary rights  of third parties  from whom the
Company licenses intellectual property. The Company enters into  confidentiality
agreements   with  its   employees  and   limits  distribution   of  proprietary
information. There can be no  assurance that the steps  taken by the Company  in
this   regard  will  be  adequate   to  deter  misappropriation  of  proprietary
information or that the Company will be able to detect unauthorized use and take
appropriate steps to enforce its intellectual property rights.
 
    Although the  Company believes  that its  services do  not infringe  on  the
intellectual  property rights of others and that  it has all rights necessary to
utilize the  intellectual property  employed  in its  business, the  Company  is
subject  to the risk of claims alleging infringement of third-party intellectual
property rights. Any such claims could require the Company to spend  significant
sums in litigation, pay damages, develop non-infringing intellectual property or
acquire  licenses to the intellectual property  which is the subject of asserted
infringement. See "Business -- Intellectual Property Rights."
 
FIXED-BID PROJECTS
 
    The Company undertakes certain projects  billed on a fixed-bid basis,  which
is  distinguishable from the Company's principal method of billing on a time and
materials basis,  and  undertakes other  projects  on a  fee-capped  basis.  The
failure  of the Company to complete such projects within budget or below the cap
would expose the  Company to risks  associated with cost  overruns, which  could
have  a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and
financial condition.  See "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Overview."
 
LIMITED TRADING HISTORY OF COMMON STOCK; STOCK PRICE VOLATILITY
 
    The  Common Stock  first became  publicly traded  on May  3, 1996  after the
Company's initial public  offering at  $16 per share.  Between May  3, 1996  and
August  2, 1996, the  closing sale price  has ranged from  a low of  $23 5/8 per
share to a high of $41 1/2 per share. The market price of the Common Stock could
continue to  fluctuate substantially  due  to a  variety of  factors,  including
quarterly fluctuations in results of operations, adverse circumstances affecting
the  introduction or market  acceptance of new products  and services offered by
the Company, announcements of new products and services by competitors,  changes
in  the IT  environment, changes in  earnings estimates by  analysts, changes in
accounting principles, sales of  Common Stock by existing  holders, loss of  key
personnel and other factors. The market price for the Company's Common Stock may
also  be affected by  the Company's ability to  meet analysts' expectations, and
any failure to  meet such  expectations, even if  minor, could  have a  material
adverse  effect on the market price of  the Company's Common Stock. In addition,
the stock  market is  subject to  extreme price  and volume  fluctuations.  This
volatility  has  had a  significant effect  on the  market prices  of securities
issued by many companies for reasons  unrelated to the operating performance  of
these  companies. In  the past,  following periods  of volatility  in the market
price of a company's  securities, securities class  action litigation has  often
been  instituted against such a company.  Any such litigation instigated against
the Company could result  in substantial costs and  a diversion of  management's
attention  and  resources, which  could have  a material  adverse effect  on the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition. See "Price  Range
of Common Stock."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
SIGNIFICANT UNALLOCATED NET PROCEEDS
 
    None  of the  anticipated net  proceeds of  this offering  is designated for
specific uses. Therefore, the Board of Directors of the Company will have  broad
discretion  with respect to  the use of  the net proceeds  of this offering. See
"Use of Proceeds."
 
CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS
 
    The Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation and  By-Laws and  the  Delaware
General   Corporation  Law  include  provisions  that  may  be  deemed  to  have
anti-takeover effects and may  delay, defer or prevent  a takeover attempt  that
stockholders  might  consider  in  their best  interests.  These  include By-Law
provisions under which only the Chairman of the Board or the President may  call
meetings  of stockholders and  certain advance notice  procedures for nominating
candidates for election to the Board of Directors. Directors of the Company  are
divided  into three classes and are elected to serve staggered three-year terms.
The Board of  Directors of the  Company is  empowered to issue  up to  3,000,000
shares  of preferred stock  and to determine the  price, rights, preferences and
privileges of such shares, without any further stockholder action. The existence
of this "blank-check" preferred stock could render more difficult or  discourage
an  attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a tender offer, merger,
proxy contest or otherwise. In addition, this "blank-check" preferred stock, and
any issuance thereof,  may have an  adverse effect  on the market  price of  the
Company's Common Stock. See "Management -- Directors and Executive Officers" and
"Description  of  Capital  Stock  -- Delaware  Law  and  Certain  Certificate of
Incorporation and By-Law Provisions; Anti-Takeover Effects."
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Immediately after  completion  of  this  offering,  the  Company  will  have
9,987,472 shares of Common Stock outstanding, of which the 1,800,000 shares sold
pursuant  to this offering as  well as the 3,105,000  shares sold in the initial
public  offering  will  be  freely  tradeable  without  restriction  or  further
registration  under  the Securities  Act of  1933,  as amended  (the "Securities
Act"), except those shares acquired by affiliates of the Company. Holders of the
remaining shares  will be  eligible to  sell such  shares pursuant  to Rule  144
("Rule  144") under the  Securities Act at  prescribed times and  subject to the
manner of sale,  volume, notice and  information restrictions of  Rule 144.  The
Company  has granted certain  institutional investors and  their transferees and
Messrs. Bernard  and Szofer  certain demand  and piggyback  registration  rights
covering an aggregate of 830,296 shares of Common Stock (1,100,296 shares if the
Underwriter's  over-allotment option is exercised in full). In addition, 872,334
shares of Common Stock (88,479 of which are currently exercisable) are  issuable
upon  the  exercise  of  outstanding  stock  options,  which  shares  have  been
registered by  the Company  under the  Securities Act  and after  issuance  upon
exercise  will be  freely tradeable  without restriction.  The Company, together
with certain of  its stockholders (holding  in the aggregate  602,761 shares  of
Common  Stock upon  consummation of  this offering),  have agreed  not to offer,
sell, contract to  sell or  otherwise dispose  of, directly  or indirectly,  any
Common  Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable
for Common  Stock,  until  October  30,  1996,  without  the  prior  consent  of
Donaldson,  Lufkin  &  Jenrette  Securities  Corporation.  Sales  of substantial
amounts of such shares in the public  market or the availability of such  shares
for  future sale could adversely affect the market price of the shares of Common
Stock and the Company's ability to raise additional capital at a price favorable
to the Company. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    From its inception in 1984 to December 31, 1995, the Company's business  was
owned  by  Whittman-Hart,  L.P.,  a  Delaware  limited  partnership  ("LP"), and
operated by employees  of Whittman-Hart Corporation  II, a Delaware  corporation
("Corporation  II"), pursuant to a client service agreement. The general partner
of LP was Whittman-Hart, Ltd., a  Delaware corporation ("Limited") of which  94%
was  owned by Mr. Bernard and 6% was owned by Edward Szofer, the Company's Chief
Operating Officer. The limited partners of  LP were Corporation II, Mr.  Bernard
and,  after August 1995,  F-WH Corporation ("Frontenac")  and PVP-WH Corporation
("Platinum"). The stockholders of Corporation  II included officers and  certain
other  employees of the Company. Frontenac and Platinum acquired their interests
in LP  in August  1995 pursuant  to their  purchases of  $4.0 million  and  $1.5
million,  respectively,  of  convertible preferred  equity  units.  See "Certain
Transactions."
 
    Effective  December  31,  1995,  the   Company  restructured  itself  in   a
transaction  (the "Reorganization") pursuant to which  the partners of LP (other
than Corporation II) became the  stockholders of Corporation II, Corporation  II
became  the successor to all  of the assets, liabilities  and business of LP and
the client service  agreement between LP  and Corporation II  was canceled.  The
convertible  preferred and common equity units in  LP were converted into a like
number of shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock and Common Stock,  respectively,
of  Corporation II, and Corporation II  changed its name to Whittman-Hart, Inc.,
the issuer in this offering.
 
    Prior  to  the  Reorganization,  the  portion  of  the  Company's   earnings
attributable  to the operations of  LP was taxed, for  federal and certain state
income tax purposes, directly to the partners of LP rather than to the  Company.
The  Company has made cash distributions to Mr. Bernard aggregating $179,476 for
the purpose of enabling  him to pay  federal and state  income taxes for  fiscal
1995   attributable  to  LP's  taxable  income,   and  in  connection  with  the
Reorganization  the  Company  declared,  and   in  April  1996  paid,  a   final
distribution  to the Company's predecessor partners aggregating $860,646 for the
purpose of enabling them to pay federal  and state income taxes for fiscal  year
1995  attributable to  LP's taxable  income and to  the tax  consequences of the
Reorganization (collectively, the "Tax Distributions"). From and after the  date
of  the Reorganization, all earnings  of the Company will  be subject to federal
and state corporate income taxes.
 
    The Company maintains its  principal executive offices  at 311 South  Wacker
Drive,  Suite 3500, Chicago,  Illinois 60606. The  Company's telephone number is
(312) 922-9200 and  its Internet address  is http:// www.whittman-hart.com.  The
Company's Web site is not a part of this Prospectus.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The   net  proceeds  to  the  Company  from  the  sale  of  the  Shares  are
approximately $28.7 million, based on an assumed price to the public of $29  7/8
per  share and after deducting estimated Underwriters' discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses. The principal purposes of this offering are  to
increase  the  Company's equity  capital and  financial flexibility  and provide
working capital to fund the Company's  growth strategy. See "Business --  Growth
Strategy" and "-- Operational Investments."
 
    The  Company anticipates that the net proceeds of this offering will be used
primarily for  general corporate  purposes,  including working  capital,  branch
expansion  and  possible acquisitions  of related  businesses.  There can  be no
assurances that the Company will open any  new offices or that it will make  any
acquisitions.  As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company has no agreements,
understanding or commitments  regarding the acquisition  of any other  business.
Pending  such uses,  the Company  intends to invest  the net  proceeds from this
offering in investment grade, short-term, interest-bearing securities.
 
    The Company will not  receive any of  the proceeds from  the sale of  Common
Stock by the Selling Stockholders. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK
 
    The  Company's Common  Stock has been  traded on the  Nasdaq National Market
under the symbol "WHIT" since May 3,  1996. The following table sets forth,  for
the  periods indicated, the  range of high  and low closing  sale prices for the
Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           HIGH        LOW
<S>                                                                                      <C>        <C>
1996
  Second Quarter (from May 3, 1996)....................................................  $  41 1/2  $  24 1/2
  Third Quarter (through August 2, 1996)...............................................     34 1/4     23 5/8
</TABLE>
 
    On August 2,  1996, the last  reported sale  price of the  Common Stock  was
$29  7/8  per  share.  At  August 2,  1996,  the  Company  had  approximately 45
stockholders of record.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    Other than the Tax Distributions made in connection with the Reorganization,
the Company  has  never  made  any distributions  with  respect  to  its  equity
securities.  The Company  does not anticipate  paying any cash  dividends on its
Common Stock in the foreseeable future. The Company currently intends to  retain
future earnings to fund the development and growth of its business.
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The  following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company: (i) as of
June 30, 1996 and (ii)  as adjusted to reflect the  sale of 1,035,000 shares  of
Common  Stock  offered by  the Company  in  this offering  at an  assumed public
offering price of $29  7/8 per share  and the application  of the estimated  net
proceeds  therefrom. As of June 30, 1996, the Company had no long-term debt. The
information set forth  below should be  read in conjunction  with the  Financial
Statements  and related Notes thereto  and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and  Results of Operations"  contained elsewhere in  this
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
Long-term debt............................................................................  $      --  $       --
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 3,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and
   outstanding............................................................................         --          --
  Common stock, $.001 par value; 15,000,000 shares authorized, 8,959,210 issued on an
   actual basis; 9,994,210 issued as adjusted (1).........................................          9          10
Additional paid-in capital................................................................     43,757      72,476
Retained earnings.........................................................................      1,795       1,795
Deferred compensation.....................................................................        (13)        (13 )
Common stock held in treasury, at cost; 7,698 shares......................................        (24)        (24 )
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
Total common stockholders' equity.........................................................     45,524      74,244
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
  Total capitalization....................................................................  $  45,524  $   74,244
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Excludes:  (i) an aggregate of 911,294  shares issuable upon the exercise of
    stock options outstanding at June  30, 1996; (ii) 1,126,706 shares  reserved
    for  issuance upon  exercise of  options that may  be granted  in the future
    under the  Company's 1995  Incentive Stock  Plan; and  (iii) 400,000  shares
    reserved  for issuance under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See
    "Management -- Stock Plans," "Description of  Capital Stock" and Note 10  of
    Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
    The following selected financial data for the fiscal years 1991 through 1995
are  derived from the  Company's Financial Statements  and related Notes thereto
that have been audited  by KPMG Peat Marwick  LLP, independent accountants.  The
statements  of operations and the balance sheet data as set forth below for, and
as of the end  of, each of the  six-month periods ended June  30, 1995 and  1996
have  been derived from unaudited financial  statements of the Company which, in
the opinion of management, include all adjustments that are necessary for a fair
statement of the results of the interim periods, and all such adjustments are of
a normal recurring nature. The selected financial data for the six months  ended
June  30, 1996 are not necessarily indicative  of the results to be expected for
the full year. The  selected financial data  set forth below  should be read  in
conjunction  with the  Financial Statements and  related Notes  thereto and with
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    SIX
                                                                                                                  MONTHS
                                                                                                                   ENDED
                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 JUNE 30,
                                                          -----------------------------------------------------  ---------
                                                            1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA: (1)
  Revenues..............................................  $  17,881  $  18,632  $  23,422  $  29,543  $  49,822  $  21,412
  Cost of services......................................     11,032     11,237     13,829     17,727     30,392     13,130
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Gross profit........................................      6,849      7,395      9,593     11,816     19,430      8,282
  Costs and expenses:
    Selling.............................................      1,026        946      1,073      1,431      2,497      1,104
    Recruiting..........................................        665        471        769      1,121      2,181      1,014
    General and administrative..........................      4,981      5,265      6,714      8,089     13,039      5,259
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total costs and expenses..........................      6,672      6,682      8,556     10,641     17,717      7,377
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Operating income......................................        177        713      1,037      1,175      1,713        905
  Other income (expense)................................       (167)       (18)        66        (36)        17        (99)
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income before income taxes............................         10        695      1,103      1,139      1,730        806
  Income taxes..........................................          2          2          3         29        (50)        --
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income............................................          8        693      1,100      1,110      1,780        806
  Net income per share..................................
  Shares used in computing net income per share.........
  Pro forma adjustment to provision for income taxes
   (2)..................................................         --         14         27        255        666        302
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Pro forma net income(2)...............................  $       8  $     679  $   1,073  $     855  $   1,114  $     504
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Pro forma net income per share (2)(3).................                                              $    0.16  $    0.07
                                                                                                      ---------  ---------
                                                                                                      ---------  ---------
  Shares used in computing pro forma net income per
   share................................................                                                  7,065      7,149
                                                                                                      ---------  ---------
                                                                                                      ---------  ---------
  Supplementary pro forma net income per share
   (unaudited) (4)......................................                                              $    0.17
                                                                                                      ---------
                                                                                                      ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                            1996
<S>                                                       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA: (1)
  Revenues..............................................  $  38,863
  Cost of services......................................     23,362
                                                          ---------
    Gross profit........................................     15,501
  Costs and expenses:
    Selling.............................................      1,710
    Recruiting..........................................      1,607
    General and administrative..........................      9,645
                                                          ---------
      Total costs and expenses..........................     12,962
                                                          ---------
  Operating income......................................      2,539
  Other income (expense)................................        304
                                                          ---------
  Income before income taxes............................      2,843
  Income taxes..........................................      1,098
                                                          ---------
  Net income............................................      1,745
                                                          ---------
                                                          ---------
  Net income per share..................................  $    0.22
                                                          ---------
                                                          ---------
  Shares used in computing net income per share.........      7,806
                                                          ---------
                                                          ---------
  Pro forma adjustment to provision for income taxes
   (2)..................................................
  Pro forma net income(2)...............................
  Pro forma net income per share (2)(3).................
  Shares used in computing pro forma net income per
   share................................................
  Supplementary pro forma net income per share
   (unaudited) (4)......................................
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          AS OF DECEMBER 31,                            AS OF
                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------  JUNE 30,
                                                                                                          PRO FORMA   ---------
                                                    1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995(5)      1995
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents and short-term
   investments..................................  $     493  $      --  $      --  $      --  $   4,083   $   4,083   $      --
  Working capital (deficit).....................     (1,646)    (1,514)      (210)       613      4,196       4,196       1,143
  Total assets..................................      4,211      3,808      4,797      7,246     17,229      17,229       8,748
  Long-term debt, less current portion..........      2,145      1,044        610      1,600      1,135       1,135       1,735
  Redeemable convertible preferred stock........         --         --         --         --      5,584          --          --
  Total stockholders' equity (deficit)..........     (2,770)    (1,700)      (188)       992        271       5,855       1,696
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                    1996
<S>                                               <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents and short-term
   investments..................................  $  33,109
  Working capital (deficit).....................     40,649
  Total assets..................................     54,152
  Long-term debt, less current portion..........         --
  Redeemable convertible preferred stock........         --
  Total stockholders' equity (deficit)..........     45,524
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to
    the 1995 presentation. See Note 2 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
(2)  Reflects federal  and additional state  income tax expense  that would have
    been required  had  the  Company  and  its  predecessors  operated  as  a  C
    corporation for all periods presented.
 
(3)  See Note 2 of Notes to  Financial Statements for information concerning the
    computation of pro forma net income per share.
 
(4) Adjusted to give effect to  the retirement of two promissory notes  totaling
    $1,666,500,  resulting in a  reduction of interest  expense of $153,000 (pro
    forma net income effect of $92,000  assuming a pro forma effective tax  rate
    of  40%) as if the Company's initial public offering had occurred on January
    1, 1995. Shares  used in computing  supplementary pro forma  net income  per
    share  were increased by 111,996 to approximate the number of shares sold in
    the Company's initial public offering to yield net proceeds to retire  these
    notes. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
(5)  Gives effect to conversion of the Redeemable Preferred Stock as of December
    31, 1995.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    THE  FOLLOWING  SECTION  OF  THE  PROSPECTUS,  MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND
ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION  AND RESULTS  OF OPERATIONS,  CONTAINS CERTAIN
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  THAT INVOLVE  SUBSTANTIAL RISKS  AND  UNCERTAINTIES.
WHEN  USED IN THIS  SECTION, THE WORDS  "ANTICIPATE," "BELIEVE," "ESTIMATE," AND
"EXPECT" AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS AS THEY RELATE TO THE COMPANY OR ITS MANAGEMENT
ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY SUCH  FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. THE COMPANY'S  ACTUAL
RESULTS,  PERFORMANCE OR ACHIEVEMENTS COULD  DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THE RESULTS,
PERFORMANCE OR ACHIEVEMENTS EXPRESSED IN,  OR IMPLIED BY, THESE  FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS.  FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE OR  CONTRIBUTE TO SUCH DIFFERENCES INCLUDE
THOSE DISCUSSED IN "RISK FACTORS."
 
OVERVIEW
 
    Whittman-Hart is an IT services company that provides strategic IT  business
solutions   designed  to  improve  its  clients'  productivity  and  competitive
position. The Company  was founded in  1984 and has  experienced revenue  growth
every year since inception.
 
    Whittman-Hart's  revenues  are generated  primarily from  professional fees,
which are generally  billed at a  contracted hourly rate  and are recognized  as
services  are provided. Over the last three years, at least 90% of the Company's
revenues have  been generated  on  a time  and  materials basis.  The  Company's
services may also be provided on a fixed-bid or fee-capped basis, which subjects
the Company to the risk of cost overruns. Fixed-bid revenue is recognized by the
percentage  of completion method. The Company  typically bills on a weekly basis
to monitor client  satisfaction and manage  its outstanding accounts  receivable
balances.  The Company's most significant cost  is project personnel cost, which
consists of  consultant salaries  and benefits.  Thus, the  Company's  financial
performance  is primarily based  upon billing margin  (billable hourly rate less
the consultant's hourly  cost) and personnel  utilization rates (billable  hours
divided by paid hours).
 
    To  date,  the Company  has been  able  to maintain  its billing  margins by
offsetting increases in consultant salaries with increases in its hourly  rates.
Because  most of the  Company's engagements are  on a time  and materials basis,
increases in its cost  of services are generally  passed along to the  Company's
clients  and, accordingly,  do not  have a  significant impact  on the Company's
financial results. In addition,  the Company attempts  to control expenses  that
are not passed through to its clients. Furthermore, profitability is improved by
tying significant incentive compensation to achieving performance goals.
 
    The  Company establishes  standard billing guidelines  based on  the type of
service offered. Actual billing  rates are established on  a project by  project
basis  and may vary from the standard guidelines. Over the last three years, the
Company's average revenue per assignment hour has steadily increased. The growth
in  average  revenue  per  assignment  hour  reflects  a  higher  percentage  of
value-added  services, such  as client/  server software  implementations (E.G.,
SAP),  workgroup  projects  (E.G.,  Lotus  Notes)  and  solutions-oriented   and
strategic consulting projects.
 
    Whittman-Hart  manages its personnel utilization rates by monitoring project
requirements and timetables.  The number  of consultants assigned  to a  project
will  vary  according  to the  size,  complexity,  duration and  demands  of the
project. Project terminations, completions and  scheduling delays may result  in
periods when consultants are not fully utilized. An unanticipated termination of
a  project  could  result  in  a  higher  than  expected  number  of  unassigned
consultants or, if  the Company  were to terminate  such consultants,  increased
severance  expenses. Although  the number  of the  Company's consultants  can be
adjusted to  correspond to  the number  of active  projects, Whittman-Hart  must
maintain  a sufficient number  of senior consultants  to oversee existing client
projects  and  assist  the  Company's   sales  force  in  securing  new   client
assignments.   Whittman-Hart  consultants  are   subject  to  employment-at-will
contracts, which may  be terminated upon  two weeks' notice  without penalty  or
further expense to the Company.
 
    The Company's historical revenue growth is partly attributable to the growth
of its branch network, which consisted of five branch offices and several client
support centers as of December 31, 1995, and an additional branch office, opened
in  Dallas in  the first  quarter of  1996. Each  of the  Company's branches has
generated annual revenue and gross  margin growth since inception. In  addition,
the Company has also
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
increased  revenues by  expanding its existing  service lines  to include higher
value-added service capabilities,  such as  SAP and  Lotus Notes  implementation
services, and by increasing the number of clients billed by the Company from 338
in 1993 to 492 in 1995.
 
    In  1995 the Company made one-time  infrastructure expenditures in the third
and fourth quarters totaling $1.1  million. These expenditures were included  in
general  and administrative expenses  and were incurred  in connection with: (i)
developing a new  employee orientation  program; (ii)  developing the  Company's
branch  expansion methodology;  (iii) training  the Company's  field task force,
which is responsible for  opening the Company's new  branch locations; and  (iv)
developing  the Company's integrated marketing  campaign, designed to strengthen
the  Whittman-Hart  brand  name  in  its  branch  locations.  See  "Business  --
Operational Investments."
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  following  table  sets  forth,  for  the  periods  indicated,  selected
statements of operations  data as a  percentage of revenues  and the  percentage
change in each line item between comparative periods:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL REVENUES                    PERIOD-TO-PERIOD
                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------   PERCENTAGE
                                                                                                         CHANGES
                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,          SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE    -------------
                                                                                         30,
                                        -------------------------------------       -------------        1994 COMPARED
                                           1993         1994         1995         1995         1996         TO 1993
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues..............................         100%         100%         100%         100%         100%           26%
Cost of services......................          59           60           61           61           60            28
                                               ---          ---          ---          ---          ---
  Gross profit........................          41           40           39           39           40            23
Costs and expenses:
  Selling.............................           5            5            5            5            4            33
  Recruiting..........................           3            4            4            5            4            46
  General and administrative..........          29           27           26           25           25            20
                                               ---          ---          ---          ---          ---
    Total costs and expenses..........          37           36           35           35           33            24
                                               ---          ---          ---          ---          ---
Operating income......................           4            4            4            4            7            13
Other income (expense)................           1           --           --           --           --             *
                                               ---          ---          ---          ---          ---
Income before income taxes............           5            4            4            4            7             3
Income taxes..........................          --           --           --           --            3             *
                                               ---          ---          ---          ---          ---
Net income............................           5%           4%           4%           4%           4%            1
                                               ---          ---          ---          ---          ---
                                               ---          ---          ---          ---          ---
 
<CAPTION>
                                                         JUNE 30, 1996
                                        1995 COMPARED      COMPARED
                                           TO 1994     TO JUNE 30, 1995
<S>                                     <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues..............................           69%              82%
Cost of services......................           71               78
  Gross profit........................           64               87
Costs and expenses:
  Selling.............................           74               55
  Recruiting..........................           95               58
  General and administrative..........           61               83
    Total costs and expenses..........           67               76
Operating income......................           46              181
Other income (expense)................            *                *
Income before income taxes............           52              253
Income taxes..........................            *                *
Net income............................           60              117
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*Not meaningful.
 
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO JUNE 30, 1995
 
    REVENUES.   Revenues increased 82% to $38.9  million in the first six months
of 1996  from $21.4  million for  the  first six  months of  1995. Each  of  the
Company's  five established branch offices  experienced revenue growth in excess
of 75% for the first six months of  1996 as compared to the first six months  of
1995.  Revenues from the Company's ten most significant clients grew 76%, but as
a percentage of revenues remained constant at approximately 33%.
 
    GROSS PROFIT.   Gross profit  consists of  revenues less  cost of  services,
which  includes consultant salaries and benefits.  Gross profit increased 87% to
$15.5 million in the first six months of 1996 from $8.3 million in the first six
months of 1995. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues increased to 40% in the
first six months of  1996 from 39%  in the comparable  1995 period. The  Company
continued  to benefit from prior investments made in newer branches and business
units.
 
    SELLING  EXPENSES.    Selling  expenses  include  the  salaries,   benefits,
commissions,  travel, entertainment and  all other direct  costs associated with
the Company's direct sales force. Selling expenses increased 55% to $1.7 million
in the first six  months of 1996 from  $1.1 million in the  first six months  of
1995. As a percentage of
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
revenues,  selling expenses decreased to  4% in the first  six months of 1996 as
compared to 5% for the comparable  period in 1995. The decrease is  attributable
to a change in the structure of the sales commission plan. Selling expenses have
a  large  variable  component  relating to  revenue  growth,  and  therefore are
expected to  remain relatively  constant  as a  percentage  of revenues  in  the
future.
 
    RECRUITING EXPENSES.  Recruiting expenses consist of costs related to hiring
new  personnel. These  costs include the  salaries, benefits,  bonuses and other
direct costs of  in-house recruiters,  outside recruiting  agency fees,  sign-on
bonuses,  relocation fees  and advertising costs.  Recruiting expenses increased
58% to $1.6 million  in the first six  months of 1996 from  $1.0 million in  the
first  six  months of  1995. As  a percentage  of revenues,  recruiting expenses
decreased to 4% in the first six months  of 1996 from 5% in the comparable  1995
period.  The number of consultants increased 69% to 718 as of June 30, 1996 from
425 as of June 30, 1995, while total recruiting costs per hire remained constant
at approximately $5,700.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.  General  and administrative  expenses
include  salaries and benefits  of management and  support personnel, facilities
costs, training,  travel, outside  professional fees  and all  other branch  and
corporate  costs.  General and  administrative  expenses increased  83%  to $9.6
million in the  first six  months of  1996 from $5.3  million in  the first  six
months  of 1995. The increase is primarily attributable to a general increase in
corporate costs  (approximately  25% of  such  increase), increased  numbers  of
branch  management personnel  to support  the growth  of new  business units and
newer branch locations (approximately 14% of such increase), increased  personal
computer  leasing  due  to  the  rollout  of  laptop  computers  for consultants
(approximately 19%  of such  increase) and  the establishment  of a  new  Dallas
branch office (approximately 13% of such increase). As a percentage of revenues,
general and administrative costs remained constant at 25%.
 
    OTHER  INCOME (EXPENSE).   Other income (expense)  increased $0.4 million in
both the second quarter  and first six  months of 1996 as  compared to the  same
periods  in 1995. The  increase is primarily attributable  to interest earned on
investments  of  available  net  proceeds  from  the  Company's  initial  public
offering.
 
    INCOME  TAXES.  Income tax expense was  $1.1 (effective rate of 39%) million
in the first six months of 1996  as compared to $0.3 million (effective rate  of
37%)  provided on a  pro forma basis in  the first six months  of 1995. Prior to
December 31, 1995,  the Company  operated as a  partnership. The  pro forma  tax
adjustment  for the first  six months of 1995  represents federal and additional
state income tax expense that would have been required had the Company  operated
as a C corporation during that period.
 
1995 COMPARED TO 1994
 
    REVENUES.    Revenues increased  69%  to $49.8  million  in 1995  from $29.5
million in 1994. Each of the  Company's five branch offices experienced  revenue
growth  in excess of 50% for 1995  compared to 1994. Revenues from the Company's
ten most significant  clients grew 67%,  but as a  percentage of total  revenues
remained  constant  at approximately  33%. Expansion  of the  Company's existing
service offerings,  primarily  client/server,  business  consulting  and  Novell
LAN/WAN  networking  services, accounted  for approximately  75% of  the revenue
increase, while the addition of new  service offerings such as SAP, Lotus  Notes
and enterprise services accounted for the remaining 25% of the revenue increase.
 
    GROSS  PROFIT.   Gross profit  increased 64% to  $19.4 million  in 1995 from
$11.8 million in 1994. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues declined to  39%
in  1995 from  40% in 1994.  This decrease  is attributable to  the 16% start-up
margin associated with  the Company's  new SAP  practice, which  is expected  to
yield  higher  margins  in  the  future.  Excluding  the  low  start-up  margins
associated with the SAP practice, 1995 gross profit as a percentage of  revenues
would have been 40%.
 
    SELLING  EXPENSES.  Selling  expenses increased 74% to  $2.5 million in 1995
from $1.4 million in  1994. The Company's selling  expenses, as a percentage  of
revenues, remained constant at approximately 5%.
 
    RECRUITING  EXPENSES.  Recruiting expenses increased  95% to $2.2 million in
1995 from  $1.1  million in  1994,  but as  a  percentage of  revenues  remained
constant    at   4%.    This   increase    in   recruiting    expenses   was   a
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
result of  expanded  hiring activity  in  preparation for  anticipated  employee
requirements  in 1996.  The number  of consultants  increased 69%  to 511  as of
December 31, 1995 from 302 as of December 31, 1994, while total recruiting costs
per hire remained constant at approximately $6,500.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.  General  and administrative  expenses
increased  61% to $13.0 million in 1995 from $8.1 million in 1994. This increase
is primarily  attributable  to  significant  one-time  infrastructure  additions
(approximately  22% of  such increase), the  establishment of  new corporate and
Chicago branch office facilities (approximately 17% of such increase), increased
personal computer leasing (approximately 16%  of such increase) and  development
of  a new SAP business unit (approximately 9% of such increase). As a percentage
of revenues, general and  administrative expenses declined to  26% in 1995  from
27% in 1994.
 
    The  one-time infrastructure  additions in 1995  were made  primarily in the
fourth quarter to support significantly  higher anticipated growth. These  costs
included   the  establishment  of  a   branch  expansion  team,  additional  SAP
investments and the development of the Company's integrated marketing  campaign.
Excluding these $1.1 million charges to general and administrative expenses, the
Company's  general and  administrative expenses as  a percentage  of revenues in
1995 would have been 24%.
 
1994 COMPARED TO 1993
 
    REVENUES.   Revenues increased  26%  to $29.5  million  in 1994  from  $23.4
million   in  1993.  The   Company's  largest  branch   locations,  Chicago  and
Indianapolis, grew  by approximately  20%. The  Denver and  Milwaukee  branches,
which  were opened in 1993, experienced combined revenue growth of approximately
180%. The opening of the Cincinnati branch in the second half of 1994,  combined
with  the establishment of  two additional client  support centers in Evansville
and Peoria, contributed an additional $1.0 million to revenues. During 1994, the
Company continued to  expand its  service offerings and  geographical reach  and
increase its number of client relationships, which reduced the share of revenues
from  its ten  most significant  clients. Revenues  from the  Company's ten most
significant clients, expressed as  a percentage of  total revenues, declined  to
34% in 1994 from 49% in 1993.
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit increased 23% to $11.8 million in 1994 from $9.6
million  in 1993. Gross  profit as a  percentage of revenues  declined to 40% in
1994 from 41% in  1993. This decrease  was a result of  the higher direct  costs
associated  with the  Chicago branch's establishment  of two  new practice areas
(client server and electronic  commerce) as well  as additional expenditures  to
establish   more  specialized  subgroups  within  its  Business  Consulting  and
Documentation and Training business units.
 
    SELLING EXPENSES.  Selling  expenses increased 33% to  $1.4 million in  1994
from  $1.1  million  in 1993.  As  a  percentage of  revenues,  selling expenses
remained relatively constant at 5%.
 
    RECRUITING EXPENSES.  Recruiting expenses  increased 46% to $1.1 million  in
1994  from $0.8 million in 1993 and as  a percentage of revenues increased to 4%
in 1994 from  3% in  1993. This increase  in recruiting  expenses resulted  from
expanded  hiring  activity  in  the  second  half  of  1994  in  preparation for
anticipated employee requirements in 1995.  The number of consultants  increased
33% to 302 as of December 31, 1994 from 227 as of December 31, 1993, while total
recruiting  costs  per  hire  decreased to  approximately  $6,500  in  1994 from
approximately $7,100 in 1993.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.  General  and administrative  expenses
increased 20% to $8.1 million in 1994 from $6.7 million in 1993. The increase is
primarily  attributable  to the  development  of internal  systems  and networks
(approximately 21% of such increase), expanded marketing efforts  (approximately
18%  of such increase),  higher travel related costs  (approximately 18% of such
increase) and increased computer spending (approximately 16% of such  increase).
As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses declined to 27%
in 1994 from 29% in 1993.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
UNAUDITED QUARTERLY RESULTS
 
    The  following  tables  set  forth  certain  unaudited  quarterly  operating
information for each of  the eight quarters ending  with the quarter ended  June
30, 1996, both in dollars and as a percentage of total revenues. These data have
been  prepared on the  same basis as the  audited financial statements contained
elsewhere in this  Prospectus and  include all adjustments,  consisting only  of
normal  recurring  adjustments,  necessary  for  the  fair  presentation  of the
information for  the  periods  presented,  when read  in  conjunction  with  the
Company's  Financial  Statements  and  related Notes  thereto.  Results  for any
previous fiscal quarter are not necessarily  indicative of results for the  full
year or for any future quarter.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         QUARTERS ENDED
                                    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     SEP. 30,     DEC. 31,     MAR. 31,     JUNE 30,     SEP. 30,     DEC. 31,     MAR. 31,
                                       1994         1994         1995         1995         1995         1995         1996
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues..........................   $   7,561    $   8,500    $   9,672    $  11,740    $  13,194    $  15,216    $  17,794
Cost of services..................       4,658        5,172        5,946        7,184        7,993        9,269       10,675
                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Gross profit....................       2,903        3,328        3,726        4,556        5,201        5,947        7,119
Costs and expenses:
  Selling.........................         368          389          528          576          660          733          799
  Recruiting......................         340          352          479          535          643          524          734
  General and administrative......       2,017        2,218        2,330        2,929        3,343        4,437        4,468
                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total costs and expenses......       2,725        2,959        3,337        4,040        4,646        5,694        6,001
                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating income..................         178          369          389          516          555          253        1,118
Other income (expense)............          (7)          39          (58)         (41)          48           68           (5)
                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income before income taxes........         171          408          331          475          603          321        1,113
Income taxes......................           4           12           --           --           --          (50)         445
                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income........................         167          396          331          475          603          371          668
                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                         QUARTERS ENDED
                                    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     SEP. 30,     DEC. 31,     MAR. 31,     JUNE 30,     SEP. 30,     DEC. 31,     MAR. 31,
                                       1994         1994         1995         1995         1995         1995         1996
<S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues..........................         100%         100%         100%         100%         100%         100%         100%
Cost of services..................          62           61           62           61           61           61           60
                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Gross profit....................          38           39           38           39           39           39           40
Costs and expenses:
  Selling.........................           5            5            5            5            5            5            5
  Recruiting......................           4            4            5            5            5            3            4
  General and administrative......          27           26           24           25           25           29           25
                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total costs and expenses......          36           35           34           35           35           37           34
                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating income..................           2            4            4            4            4            2            6
Other income (expense)............           *            1           (1)           *            1            *            *
                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income before income taxes........           2            5            3            4            5            2            6
Income taxes......................           *            *           --           --           --            *            2
                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income........................           2%           5%           3%           4%           5%           2%           4%
                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                     JUNE 30,
                                       1996
 
<S>                                 <C>
Revenues..........................   $  21,069
Cost of services..................      12,687
                                    -----------
  Gross profit....................       8,382
Costs and expenses:
  Selling.........................         911
  Recruiting......................         873
  General and administrative......       5,177
                                    -----------
    Total costs and expenses......       6,961
                                    -----------
Operating income..................       1,421
Other income (expense)............         309
                                    -----------
Income before income taxes........       1,730
Income taxes......................         653
                                    -----------
Net income........................       1,077
                                    -----------
                                    -----------
 
                                     JUNE 30,
                                       1996
<S>                                 <C>
Revenues..........................         100%
Cost of services..................          60
                                    -----------
  Gross profit....................          40
Costs and expenses:
  Selling.........................           4
  Recruiting......................           4
  General and administrative......          25
                                    -----------
    Total costs and expenses......          33
                                    -----------
Operating income..................           7
Other income (expense)............           1
                                    -----------
Income before income taxes........           8
Income taxes......................           3
                                    -----------
Net income........................           5%
                                    -----------
                                    -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
* Less than one percent.
 
    The  Company has achieved revenue growth in each of its last eight quarters.
Variations in the Company's  revenues and operating results  occur from time  to
time  as a  result of a  number of factors,  such as the  significance of client
engagements commenced and  completed during  a quarter, the  number of  business
days  in a quarter, timing of branch  and service line expansion activities, the
timing of corporate expenditures and employee hiring and utilization rates.  For
example,  operating  income  decreased to  $0.3  million for  the  quarter ended
December 31, 1995  from $0.6  million in the  prior quarter.  This decrease  was
principally  a  result of  the commencement  of  $1.1 million  in infrastructure
expenditures. Despite the significant number of holidays in the fourth  quarter,
the Company's results are largely unaffected because its compensation plans have
been  designed to reward  participants based on the  achievement of their annual
profit goals.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Prior to its  initial public  offering in  May 1996,  the Company's  primary
source  of liquidity had been operating  cash flow, periodically supplemented by
borrowings under  the Company's  revolving  credit and  term facilities  with  a
commercial  bank. The Company has a Loan  Agreement under which it may apply for
up to $5.0 million of  credit with interest, at  the Company's option, at  LIBOR
plus  1.5% or the lender's prime rate.  There were no borrowings under this Loan
Agreement as of July 31, 1996. The Company's Loan Agreement expires on April 30,
1997.
 
    On May 8,  1996, the  Company completed an  initial public  offering of  its
Common  Stock which resulted in net proceeds  to the Company of $37.8 million. A
portion of the proceeds from the initial public offering were used to retire the
Company's term facilities. The Company believes  the net proceeds from the  sale
of  Common Stock offered hereby, together with existing sources of liquidity and
funds generated  from  operations,  will  provide  adequate  cash  to  fund  its
anticipated  cash  needs, including  funding the  Company's growth  strategy, at
least through the next twelve months.
 
RECENTLY ISSUED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
    Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  123,  Accounting   for
Stock-Based  Compensation,  was  issued in  October  1995. The  Company  will be
required to adopt  the new standard  no later than  fiscal 1996, although  early
adoption  is permitted.  This standard establishes  the fair  value based method
(the "FAS  123 Method")  rather than  the intrinsic  value based  method as  the
preferred  accounting  methodology  for  stock-based  compensation arrangements.
Entities are  allowed  to:  (i)  continue  to  use  the  intrinsic  value  based
methodology in their basic financial statements and provide in the footnotes pro
forma net income and earnings per share information as if the FAS 123 Method had
been  adopted; or (ii) adopt the FAS 123  Method. Adoption of the FAS 123 Method
would result in higher compensation cost for the Company.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
SUMMARY
 
    Whittman-Hart is  an information  technology  ("IT") services  company  that
provides  strategic  IT  business  solutions designed  to  improve  its clients'
productivity and competitive position. The  Company offers its clients a  single
source  for a comprehensive  range of services  required to successfully design,
develop and implement integrated computer systems projects in the client/server,
open systems, midrange and mainframe computing environments. Among the  services
offered  by the Company are systems integration, strategic IT planning, software
development, packaged software implementation (such as SAP's R/3 client/  server
application  software),  business process  reengineering,  organizational change
management,   networking   and   connectivity,   conventional   and   multimedia
documentation  and training,  design and  implementation of  workgroup solutions
(such as  Lotus Notes)  and  design and  implementation of  electronic  commerce
solutions  (such  as  intranet/Internet and  electronic  data  interchange). The
Company  believes   this   breadth   of  services   fosters   long-term   client
relationships,  affords cross-selling opportunities  and minimizes the Company's
dependence on any single technology.
 
    Whittman-Hart's marketing efforts focus  on middle market companies  ranging
from  $50 million to  $500 million in  annual revenues and  divisions of Fortune
1000 companies. Whittman-Hart  serves clients  in a broad  range of  industries,
including communications, consumer products, distribution, diversified services,
financial  services,  insurance,  manufacturing,  pharmaceuticals,  professional
services, retail and technology. The  Company employs consultants with  business
experience in these areas to enhance its ability to understand industry-specific
business  issues and develop unbiased IT  solutions to address these issues. The
number of clients billed by  the Company in a given  year has grown from 338  in
1993 to 492 in 1995. Many of these clients have maintained ongoing relationships
with  Whittman-Hart  over multiple  years, spanning  a  variety of  projects and
services. The  Company  believes that  it  has established  significant  ongoing
relationships with many of its clients.
 
    The demand for IT consulting services has increased rapidly in recent years.
Whittman-Hart  has  competed successfully  in  this environment,  experiencing a
compound annual revenue growth rate of 46% over the past three fiscal years. For
fiscal year 1995, Whittman-Hart's  revenues were $49.8  million, an increase  of
69%  from $29.5 million in  fiscal year 1994. For the  six months ended June 30,
1996, the Company's revenues were $38.9  million, an increase of 82% from  $21.4
million  in the corresponding 1995 period. From  June 30, 1995 to June 30, 1996,
the number of consultants increased 69% from 425 to 718.
 
    Whittman-Hart sells  and delivers  its  services through  a network  of  six
branch  offices located in Chicago,  Indianapolis, Milwaukee, Denver, Cincinnati
and Dallas. Based on its experience operating the existing branches, the Company
has developed a  branch expansion model.  The Company intends  to leverage  this
model  through  its national  branch expansion  strategy.  The Company  opened a
Dallas branch in January 1996, and an additional branch is scheduled to open  in
late 1996. In support of its growth strategy, Whittman-Hart has made significant
investments in its business and systems infrastructure, recruiting organization,
training methodologies and marketing programs, all of which the Company believes
will be necessary to support a significantly larger organization.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
    Many   businesses  today   are  facing   intense  competition,  accelerating
technological change,  personnel  downsizing  and  widespread  business  process
reengineering.  Increasingly,  these companies  are turning  to IT  solutions to
address these issues and to compete  more effectively. As a result, the  ability
of  an organization  to integrate  and deploy  new information  technologies has
become critical.
 
    Although many companies  have recognized  the importance of  IT systems  and
products  to  compete  in  this  business  climate,  the  process  of designing,
developing and  implementing  IT  solutions  has  become  increasingly  complex.
Companies  are continuing  to migrate  away from  centralized mainframes running
proprietary software  toward  decentralized,  scalable  architectures  based  on
personal  computers, client/server architectures, local  and wide area networks,
shared databases and packaged application software. These
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
advances have greatly  enhanced the  ability of  companies to  benefit from  the
application  of IT. Consequently, the number of  companies desiring to use IT in
new ways  and the  number of  end users  within these  organizations are  rising
rapidly.
 
    As  a result  of the  variety and complexity  of these  new technologies, IT
managers must integrate  and manage  "open systems"  and "distributed  computing
environments"  consisting  of multiple  computing platforms,  operating systems,
databases and networking  protocols, and must  implement off-the-shelf  software
applications  to support  business objectives.  Companies must  also continually
keep pace  with new  developments,  which often  render existing  equipment  and
internal  skills  obsolete. At  the same  time,  external economic  factors have
forced organizations to focus on core competencies and trim workforces in the IT
management area. Accordingly,  these organizations  often lack  the quantity  or
variety  of IT skills necessary to design  and develop IT solutions. IT managers
are charged with developing and  supporting increasingly complex IT systems  and
applications  of  significant  strategic value  while  working  under budgetary,
personnel and expertise constraints within their own organizations.
 
    Due  to  the   foregoing  factors,   demand  for  IT   services  has   grown
significantly.  According  to  industry  sources, the  worldwide  market  for IT
services was estimated at $185 billion in 1995, with a projected market of  $292
billion  for 2000. The domestic IT services market is projected to grow from $75
billion in 1995  to $130 billion  in 2000. Currently,  substantially all of  the
Company's  revenues are derived from IT  consulting and planning services and IT
implementation and  integration services,  two segments  within the  overall  IT
services  industry. It is  estimated that the domestic  market for IT consulting
and planning services will nearly double from roughly $9 billion in 1995 to more
than $18 billion in  2000. The worldwide market  for IT consulting and  planning
services  is estimated to have been $20 billion  in 1995, with a forecast of $38
billion by 2000.  Domestic IT implementation  and integration services  revenues
are  estimated to have been $20 billion in  1995, with a forecast of $35 billion
by 2000. The worldwide market for IT implementation and integration services  is
estimated  to have been $49  billion in 1995, with a  forecast of $81 billion by
2000.
 
    The Company believes the demand for IT services is particularly strong among
middle market companies, which typically  lack the time and technical  resources
to  satisfy all of their IT needs internally. These companies must often rely on
IT service providers to help implement  and manage their systems. However,  many
middle  market companies  must rely  on multiple  providers for  their IT needs.
Generally, larger IT service providers do not target these companies and smaller
IT service  providers often  lack  sufficient breadth  of services  or  industry
knowledge  to satisfy these companies' needs. The Company believes this reliance
on multiple  service providers  creates multiple  relationships which  are  more
difficult and less cost-effective to manage and can adversely impact the quality
and  compatibility of IT  solutions. Further, many  smaller IT service providers
have a  financial incentive  to  recommend a  particular hardware  and  software
provider, which may not be optimal or best of breed for the client's IT problem.
 
THE WHITTMAN-HART SOLUTION
 
    The Whittman-Hart solution is designed to enable middle market companies and
divisions of Fortune 1000 companies to use IT as a more effective business tool.
The following are key attributes of the Whittman-Hart solution:
 
    SOLVE  CRITICAL  BUSINESS PROBLEMS.   The  Company  focuses on  providing IT
solutions  that   address  strategic   business  issues,   such  as   increasing
productivity,  reducing costs,  improving customer  service and  using data more
effectively. To maintain  this focus, Whittman-Hart  employs senior  consultants
and  other professionals  who have  relevant experience  in specific industries,
including communications, consumer products, distribution, diversified services,
financial  services,  insurance,  manufacturing,  pharmaceuticals,  professional
services,  retail  and  technology.  In addition  to  this  industry  focus, the
Company's professionals provide a  high level of  technical competency. To  this
end,  Whittman-Hart has developed  systems, methodologies and  an environment to
attract, develop, motivate and retain  professionals with the highest levels  of
technical skills.
 
    PROVIDE  WIDE  RANGE OF  IT  SERVICES.   Because  many of  its  clients have
multiple IT needs, the  Company provides a  wide range of  IT services that  are
organized  under  nine  individual  business  units,  with  each  business  unit
addressing a  specific area  of  IT and  specific  IT problems.  This  structure
enables the Company
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
to  be a single source provider of  IT services while maintaining advanced skill
sets offered by each business unit.  In response to the rapidly changing  nature
of IT, the Company regularly evaluates emerging technologies and their potential
benefit  as new services to clients. Based on these evaluations, the Company may
develop additional  business  units or  expand  the service  lines  of  existing
business  units to enhance the Company's ability to support its clients' ongoing
IT requirements.
 
    OFFER LOCAL  PRESENCE.   By delivering  its services  to clients  through  a
geographically dispersed branch network, the Company demonstrates its commitment
to  each local market and enhances its ability to attract skilled, locally-based
consultants. This  branch  network also  increases  efficiencies to  clients  by
enhancing   responsiveness   and   minimizing   travel   expense.   Furthermore,
Whittman-Hart  believes  that  local  branch  offices  establish  greater   name
recognition  for the Company and increase  referrals for its services within the
potential client base in that locale. As a result, the Company believes it has a
competitive advantage when competing against firms that do not maintain a  local
presence.
 
    IMPLEMENT  UNBIASED SOLUTIONS.  To ensure its clients receive the optimal IT
solution for their  business needs,  the Company implements  solutions that  are
unbiased  as to specific  hardware or software providers.  The Company offers an
objective viewpoint and assessment of  the advantages and disadvantages of  each
particular  IT solution, including packaged software applications, platforms and
operating systems. Consistent with this approach, the Company avoids the bias of
generating significant revenue from promoting third-party products. By  offering
its services independently, Whittman-Hart is able to take a flexible approach to
its  clients'  business  problems and  provide  them  with a  best  of  breed IT
solution.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    The Company's goal  is to become  its clients' preferred  and single  source
provider  of a wide range of IT services. The Company's strategy to achieve this
goal includes the following elements:
 
    EXPAND GEOGRAPHIC  PRESENCE.    Whittman-Hart plans  to  expand  by  opening
additional  branches  in  targeted  geographic locations.  The  Company  uses an
evaluation methodology  to  identify  cities that  possess  the  characteristics
needed  to support a successful branch  operation. The Company believes at least
25 domestic cities satisfy its branch  expansion criteria. The Company opened  a
Dallas  branch in January 1996, and an additional branch is scheduled to open in
late  1996.  In  addition,  the  Company  plans  to  begin  evaluating  selected
international markets during 1996.
 
    BROADEN  SERVICE LINES.   Whittman-Hart  believes that  it can  increase its
revenues from existing clients and attract new clients by expanding its range of
IT services. To advance this strategy, the Company maintains a Technology Review
Board that is responsible  for identifying, evaluating  and recommending new  IT
service  opportunities. Recent  additions to  the service  line have  focused on
value-added services, including intranet services within the Electronic Commerce
business unit (added in 1996) and other services within the Company's  Workgroup
Technologies  and SAP Center  of Expertise business units  (both added in 1995).
The Company plans  to add new  business units and  expand the service  offerings
within  its existing business units  in order to offer  clients access to a more
comprehensive range of services.
 
    LEVERAGE EXISTING CLIENT BASE.  Whittman-Hart believes it can sustain growth
in its  existing branches  by  continuing to  establish and  maintain  long-term
client  relationships. The  access and  goodwill offered  by these relationships
provide  the  Company  with  significant  advantages  over  its  competitors  in
marketing  additional services and  solutions to such  clients. The Company also
believes its long-term client relationships and ability to address its  clients'
needs throughout the life cycle of their IT systems distinguish the Company from
many  of  its competitors  and  provide the  opportunity  to become  a preferred
provider of IT solutions for a broad range of its existing and new clients.
 
    PURSUE STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS AND AGREEMENTS WITH BUSINESS PARTNERS.   Given
the  highly  fragmented  nature  of the  IT  services  marketplace,  the Company
believes significant  acquisition  opportunities  exist.  On  an  ongoing  basis
Whittman-Hart  evaluates potential  acquisition candidates to  expand its branch
office network, increase  its technical expertise  or provide other  competitive
advantages.  In addition, Whittman-Hart may seek to form strategic relationships
with business partners to share technical and industry
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
knowledge and pursue joint marketing opportunities. The Company has  established
business  partner relationships  with SAP America,  Inc., International Business
Machines Corporation,  Lotus Corporation,  Microsoft Corporation,  Novell,  Inc,
Oracle  Corporation  and Sybase,  Inc. These  relationships typically  allow the
Company to gain access to training, product support and the technology developed
by these  partners. The  training  programs often  enable Company  employees  to
become  certified in a given technology. Establishing these relationships allows
the Company  to use  the  business partner's  name  and the  "business  partner"
designation  in  marketing  the  Company's  services.  These  relationships also
facilitate the Company's  pursuit of marketing  opportunities with the  business
partners.
 
    The  business  partner  relationships  do not  require  the  Company  to use
technology developed by the business  partners in implementing IT solutions  for
clients. Nonetheless, the Company may be retained by a client based in part upon
one  or  more  of the  Company's  business partner  relationships.  Although the
Company is not obligated to resell products offered by the business partners, in
the event it does so, it is generally entitled to purchase discounts on products
purchased for resale.  It is  the Company's current  practice to  pass any  such
discounts on to the clients to whom the business partner products are resold.
 
OPERATIONAL INVESTMENTS
 
    Over  the past several years, the Company has invested in the development of
systems,  methodologies,  training  programs  and  infrastructure.  The  Company
believes  that  it is  positioned to  leverage these  investments into  a larger
organization. Whittman-Hart is pursuing its strategy to become a leading  single
source  provider of  IT services  through a  diverse national  branch network by
utilizing the following operational investments:
 
    GEOGRAPHIC  EXPANSION  MODULE.    Under  Whittman-Hart's  branch   expansion
methodology   and  related  database,  the  Company  evaluates  and  prioritizes
geographic markets  based  on,  among  other things,  the  estimated  number  of
potential  clients and the  overall business environment.  This methodology also
identifies the  appropriate  mix  of  service offerings  in  such  markets.  The
implementation phase of the expansion module is managed by a field task force, a
team  of  professionals representing  each of  the major  functions of  a branch
office who relocate  to the new  site before  and during the  branch opening  in
order  to efficiently  replicate the Company's  branch model  and assure ongoing
compliance with the  Company's policies, procedures  and performance  standards.
This  methodology includes an automated tracking system that enables the Company
to monitor project status and control project expenses.
 
    RECRUITING MODULE.   In order  to address  the strong  demand for  qualified
consultants  in the IT services industry, the Company has developed a recruiting
system and database that facilitates the rapid identification of  skill-specific
employee   candidates  and  the  efficient  processing  of  a  large  number  of
applicants. This  system resulted  in a  reduction in  recruiting expenses  from
approximately  $7,100 per hire in 1993 to approximately $6,500 per hire in 1995.
During this period, the  number of recruiting personnel  increased from four  to
fifteen.
 
    PROPRIETARY  TRAINING  MODULE.   Whittman-Hart  has invested  in  a training
curriculum and methodology  known as the  Whittman-Hart Institute for  Strategic
Education  ("WHISE"). The Company employs a "virtual" university approach to its
training  by  using  conventional  university  teaching  methods  while   taking
advantage  of  multimedia  and computer-based  training  and tools,  as  well as
self-study programs. The Company believes  the WHISE curriculum and  methodology
enable it to train employees efficiently and effectively.
 
    INFORMATION  SYSTEMS.   In order to  enhance the efficiency  of its business
operations, Whittman-Hart has invested in the Whittman-Hart Information Network,
a  Lotus  Notes-based  collection  of  integrated  applications,  including   an
executive  information  system, a  prospect  database, a  proposal  tracking and
development system,  e-mail  and  a  wide-area  network  linking  the  Company's
employees  through remote access. Substantially  all of the development expenses
for these information systems have been incurred.
 
    INTEGRATED MARKETING CAMPAIGN.   The  Company has designed  and produced  an
integrated  marketing campaign,  including a series  of radio,  print and direct
mail advertisements,  collateral  materials  and  the  Company's  Internet  site
(http://www.whittman-hart.com).  The  campaign  is  designed  to  strengthen the
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
Whittman-Hart brand  name  and generate  new  clients and  employee  candidates.
Substantially  all  of  the development  expenses  have been  incurred  for this
marketing program, which  can be  deployed on  a market-by-market  basis as  new
branches are opened.
 
SERVICES
 
    Whittman-Hart  offers its clients a single  source for a comprehensive range
of IT services required to successfully design, develop and implement integrated
IT solutions in  diverse computing  environments. These  services are  delivered
through the Company's nine business units, which consist of Business Consulting,
IT   Architecture,  IT  Services,  IT  Engineering,  SAP  Center  of  Expertise,
Electronic Commerce,  Workgroup  Technologies, Documentation  and  Training  and
Integrated  Services.  In  addition,  through its  Technology  Review  Board the
Company regularly evaluates emerging IT services and new software products  and,
based on its findings, may add new business units or expand the service lines or
skill sets of existing business units.
 
    The  Company  believes that  successful  implementation of  a  major systems
project requires a  wide range  of skills  and a  comprehensive methodology  for
delivering  these skills in an efficient  and effective manner. Accordingly, the
Company employs senior consultants who possess industry-specific knowledge and a
broad range of  technical expertise. In  addition, the Company  has developed  a
methodology  for delivering  these skills, which  includes in-depth consultation
with the  client  and  development  of a  well-defined  blueprint  and  specific
timetable  for the  project. To coordinate  these skills,  the Company's Primary
Relationship Manager ("PRM") acts as an  advisor and liaison between the  client
and the members of each of the Company's business units involved in the project.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
Set  forth below is a list of the  services and skills provided by each business
unit:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  BUSINESS UNIT                       DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES & SKILLS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  BUSINESS          SERVICES
   CONSULTING       v Information systems plans
                    v Requirements definition
                    v Packaged software evaluation and implementation
                    v Custom systems design and implementation
                    v Business process reengineering
                    v Organizational change management
                    SKILLS
                    v General business knowledge: strategic planning, identification of
                    critical success factors, business needs assessment and profit and
                      loss, asset and cash management
                    v Industry knowledge: industry structure, competition, trends and
                    regulatory environment
                    v Industry specialization: financial services, retail, health care,
                    manufacturing and insurance
                    v Functional knowledge: customer service, accounting, human
                    resources, payroll and logistics
                    v Application package knowledge: Baan, Computer Associates, J.D.
                    Edwards, JBA, Marcam, Oracle, PeopleSoft, QAD, SAP, System Software
                      Associates and others
                    v Project definition: goals, milestones, deliverables, budgets,
                    skills needed and staffing
                    v Overall project management and delivery
                    v Quality assurance
  IT ARCHITECTURE   SERVICES
                    v IT strategic planning
                    v IT designs and blueprints
                    v IT migrations
                    v IT departmental and career planning
 
                    SKILLS
                    v Client/server, systems and network management, end-user tools,
                    legacy environments, 3rd and 4th GL, CASE, object oriented
                      technology and intranet/Internet
</TABLE>
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  BUSINESS UNIT                       DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES & SKILLS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  IT SERVICES       SERVICES
                    v Custom software design, development and enhancements
                    v Packaged software interfaces, conversions and enhancements
                    v System implementations, conversions, interfaces and integration
                    v System reengineering
                    v Year 2000
                    v MIS management
                    v Data warehousing, OLAP, data management, data modeling and
                    database administration
                    v Legacy data and application migration
                    v Technology education and training
                    v Multimedia planning, design and implementation
                    SKILLS
                    v Development languages, tools and environments: C/C++, Visual
                    Basic, Powerbuilder, Gupta, Delphi, Access, FoxPro, Cobol, RPG,
                      Oracle Developer/2000, SSA AS/SET, JBA Guidelines, JD Edwards
                      World Vision, SYNON, Obsydian, SmallTalk, Progress, Dynasty and
                      Antares
                    v Databases: Oracle, Sybase, Informix, DB2, DB2/400, Ingres, SQL
                    Server, Redbrick and ESSBASE
                    v Data modeling tools: S-Designor, Bachman, Silverrun, System
                    Architect, IEF, ERwin and ADW
                    v EIS tools: Cognos Powerplay, Oracle Express, Pilot Lightship,
                      Microstrategy, Information Advantage, Forest and Trees and
                      Showcase
                    v Multimedia: Authorware, Toolbook, Director, Photoshop,
                    Illustrator, Freehand, StrataVision Pro, RAD, Media 100, Digi Design
                      Protools, Visual Basic and C++
  IT ENGINEERING    SERVICES
                    v Communications and connectivity planning, design and
                      implementation
                    v Systems and network management
                    v Networking: LANs and WANs
                    v Cooperative processing and communications programming
                    v Site planning and implementation
                    v Performance tuning and capacity planning
                    v Disaster recovery planning and testing
                    SKILLS
                    v Operating systems: UNIX, Windows NT, OS/400, MVS, Windows 95,
                      Macintosh, DOS, Novell Netware, OS/2 LAN Server and NT Server
                    v Network management: Bay, Cisco, Netview, SunNet Manager,
                    SystemView and OpenView
                    v Middleware: Tuxedo, MQ Series, ODBC, APPC, CI and Sockets
                    v Protocols: TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, APPN/SNA, OSI and Net BIOS
                    v Languages: C/C++, CL, BAL, RPG and COBOL
</TABLE>
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  BUSINESS UNIT                       DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES & SKILLS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  SAP CENTER OF     SERVICES
   EXPERTISE        v Business process reengineering/improvement
                    v Project planning, definition and management
                    v Rapid and focused SAP implementations
                    SKILLS
                    v Application configuration and prototyping: Financial Accounting,
                      Controlling, Sales and Distribution, Materials Management and
                      Production Planning
                    v BASIS: ABAP/4, SAPscript, ALE, CATT, security, database and OS
                      integration
  ELECTRONIC
   COMMERCE         SERVICES
                    v Intranet/Internet and World Wide Web ("WWW") planning, design and
                      implementation
                    v Electronic data interchange ("EDI") planning, design and
                      implementation
                    v Automated data capture planning, design and implementation
                    SKILLS
                    v WWW: Netscape Navigator, Netscape Servers, Live3D, Java, HTTP and
                      HTML
                    v EDI: Premenos, Gentran, ExTol, St. Paul Software and Supply Tech
  WORKGROUP         SERVICES
   TECHNOLOGIES     v Workgroup application planning, design and implementation
                    v Workflow improvement
                    v Information management and knowledge processing
                    v Collaborative computing
                    SKILLS
                    v Lotus Notes and InterNotes
                    v Groupware products: Microsoft Exchange, DEC Teamlinks, Netscape
                      Collabra Share, Novell Groupwise and XcelleNet
  DOCUMENTATION &   SERVICES
   TRAINING         v User and technical documentation and training
                    v Employee productivity improvement and knowledge transfer support
                    v Systems development and implementation support
                    v Document management
                    SKILLS
                    v Documentation development: MS Word, WordPerfect, Lotus Ami Pro,
                      Lotus WordPro, Ventura Publisher, FrameMaker, Aldus PageMaker and
                      Quark Xpress
                    v On-line: Doc-to-Help, RoboHelp, ForeHelp, Master Help, AS/400 UIM,
                      OS/2 IPF, Help Desk Kit, HTML and SGML
                    v Graphics: ABC Flowcharter, all Clear, MetaDesign and EasyFlow
</TABLE>
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  BUSINESS UNIT                       DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES & SKILLS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  INTEGRATED
   SERVICES         SERVICES
                    v Project management and implementation services for the development
                    of facilities across all industries, including commercial,
                      industrial and retail
                    v Comprehensive project assistance for the expansion or
                    reengineering of existing office space, site planning, due diligence
                      and development of out-of-ground facilities, planning and build
                      out of computer and telecom rooms
                    SKILLS
                    v Project planning and management, budget planning and management
                    and quality control
                    v Contractor/vendor selection and management, contract requirements
                      development, negotiation and implementation
                    v Punch-list development
                    v Move-in coordination
                    v Project close-out coordination and documentation
</TABLE>
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
CLIENTS AND REPRESENTATIVE SOLUTIONS
 
    Whittman-Hart's clients consist primarily of middle market companies ranging
from  $50 million to  $500 million in  annual revenues and  divisions of Fortune
1000 companies. The number of clients billed by the Company in a given year  has
grown  from 338 in  1993 to 492 in  1995. Many of  these clients have maintained
ongoing relationships  with Whittman-Hart  over  many years,  spanning  multiple
projects  and services. The Company believes that it has established significant
ongoing relationships with many of its clients.
 
    Whittman-Hart's ten most significant clients accounted for approximately 33%
of its revenues during 1995 and the first six months of 1996. With the exception
of Novus Services, Inc. which accounted  for approximately 10% of the  Company's
revenues  in 1995,  no one client  represented more than  10% of Whittman-Hart's
firm-wide revenues.  Annual revenues  from  each of  the Company's  ten  largest
clients  in  1995  ranged  from  approximately  $1.0  million  to  $5.0 million.
Whittman-Hart has served clients in a  broad range of industries, including  the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>                               <C>
         COMMUNICATIONS                  CONSUMER PRODUCTS                     DISTRIBUTION
- --------------------------------  --------------------------------  ----------------------------------
            Advantis                     Helene Curtis Inc.                 Amway Corporation
   Ameritech Custom Business         Jockey International Inc.        Boise Cascade Office Products
NBC Television Stations Division     Kraft General Foods, Inc.                    Corp.
Western Publishing Company, Inc.         NutraSweet Company                The HAVI Group L.P.
                                      Sutter Home Winery, Inc.           Robert Bosch Corporation
 
      DIVERSIFIED SERVICES               FINANCIAL SERVICES                     INSURANCE
- --------------------------------  --------------------------------  ----------------------------------
       Amoco Corporation          American National Bank and Trust      AMA Insurance Agency, Inc.
 Budget Rent A Car Corporation           Company of Chicago                  AON Corporation
     Steamboat Ski & Resort        Banc One Services Corporation    Blue Cross/Blue Shield of Illinois
          Corporation              First National Bank of Chicago   Continental Casualty Company (CNA)
 WMX Technologies and Services,         Novus Services, Inc.           State Farm Mutual Automobile
              Inc.                   Zurich-Kemper Investments              Insurance Company
 
         MANUFACTURING                    PHARMACEUTICALS                 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
- --------------------------------  --------------------------------  ----------------------------------
        Caterpillar Inc.                Abbott Laboratories            Manpower International Inc.
        Dana Corporation            Bristol-Myers Squibb Company             Sidley & Austin
        FMC Corporation                Eli Lilly and Company                 Winston & Strawn
  General Binding Corporation
    Reynolds Metals Company
   Union Carbide Corporation
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
                    RETAIL                                        TECHNOLOGY
- ----------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------
          Circuit City Stores, Inc.                               Molex Inc.
               Pleasant Company                           Pentax Technologies Corp.
                 Walgreen Co.                             PLATINUM technology, inc.
</TABLE>
 
    Examples of Whittman-Hart's major engagements include the following:
 
    ENTERPRISE-WIDE   IMPLEMENTATION   OF  SAP'S   R/3  SOFTWARE   FOR  COMPUTER
PERIPHERALS DISTRIBUTOR.   An international distributor  of peripheral  computer
equipment  determined  that  its existing  IT  systems did  not  meet functional
requirements and could not support the Company's growth strategy.  Whittman-Hart
was  engaged to  work with  management to  rapidly develop  and implement  a new
system based on SAP's R/3 software  product and an Oracle database operating  on
an  HP UNIX platform with a Banyan  Vines Network. Timing was critical since the
IT solution  had  to  support  new product  lines  scheduled  for  introduction.
Although  SAP  implementations generally  require 7  to  24 months  to complete,
Whittman-Hart was retained  to deliver  the enterprisewide solution  in only  90
days.   Whittman-Hart  used  its  rapid   implementation  methodology,  and  its
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
consultants' business experience,  to work  with management  to define  business
requirements,  to identify the  SAP modules to implement  and to help reengineer
the client's  business  processes. In  45  days, Whittman-Hart  delivered  fully
configured prototypes of the client's key financial, distribution and management
modules.  During the remaining  45 days, Whittman-Hart  worked with the client's
MIS department in  executing data conversion,  integration testing and  end-user
training  to  maximize productivity  and  user acceptance  of  the system.  As a
result, Whittman-Hart  helped  the client  implement  a flexible,  scalable  and
integrated solution on time and on budget.
 
    INTEGRATION  OF INFORMATION  TECHNOLOGIES FOR  INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PRODUCTS
DISTRIBUTOR.   An  international direct  mail  and office  products  distributor
retained  Whittman-Hart for  several strategic  technology projects. Consultants
from Whittman-Hart's Business Consulting,  IT Architecture, IT Engineering,  and
Electronic  Commerce business units were deployed  to implement new order entry,
inventory control and product  shipping software. Concurrently,  Whittman-Hart's
IT architects guided the re-design and migration of the client's IT systems from
a  mainframe  environment to  a midrange,  distributed network  environment. The
implemented software  provided integrated  management  of inventory  within  the
client's  national network of warehouses and improved customer service and order
fill  rates.  Whittman-Hart   Electronic  Commerce   consultants  designed   and
implemented  an  EDI system  to integrate  vendors  with the  client's inventory
management system.  The  Company's IT  engineers  designed and  implemented  the
AS/400 and LAN communications systems and enhanced the order entry system to use
CD-ROM  technology to  enable customers  to directly  order products  from their
desktops.  Whittman-Hart's   Electronic  Commerce   consultants  currently   are
converting  the client's  CD-based catalogue into  an Internet  version based on
World Wide Web technology.
 
    DEVELOPMENT OF  LOTUS NOTES-BASED  SALES  SUPPORT APPLICATION  FOR  SERVICES
PROVIDER.    A  major  services  provider  engaged  Whittman-Hart  to  develop a
comprehensive sales  and  marketing support  application  using Lotus  Notes  to
streamline   its  sales  process   and  enhance  sales   and  customer  service.
Whittman-Hart's Workgroup consultants,  with guidance  and support  from its  IT
Architecture  consultants,  designed the  application  and managed  the project.
Whittman-Hart's  IT  Services  consultants  performed  front-end  and   back-end
database  application development  in Visual  Basic and  data migrations between
Oracle and  Lotus Notes  databases. Whittman-Hart's  Documentation and  Training
consultants  developed and  implemented a program  to train more  than 400 users
located in a five-state region on  the new application in a seven-month  period.
The  new  application  retrieves  data from  several  legacy  systems (primarily
mainframes), centralizes the collection and distribution of account information,
allows for remote access  by system users,  fosters communication between  sales
teams and departments and facilitates better account management.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    Whittman-Hart  markets and provides its services directly through its branch
offices and client support centers. In addition, Whittman-Hart has developed and
tested an  advertising campaign  in its  branch markets.  The campaign  includes
print,  direct mail and  radio advertising, combined  with local seminars, trade
shows, public relations and collateral materials.
 
    Sources of  new client  relationships include  referrals, telemarketing  and
Whittman-Hart's  integrated marketing campaign. The Company's sales organization
is supported by its prospect database, which includes the names of companies and
decision makers  in  each targeted  geographic  market. This  proprietary  Lotus
Notes-based  information system,  a component  of the  Whittman-Hart Information
Network, also  allows Whittman-Hart  employees to  access the  Company's  skills
database and project portfolio.
 
    Whittman-Hart  account executives establish  contact with targeted prospects
to create  awareness,  understanding and  preference  for the  Company.  Account
executives  also identify general client needs  and introduce the appropriate IT
consultant or team of IT  consultants led by a PRM  to help develop the  initial
proposal.  The PRM, typically a senior level manager, is assigned to the account
to establish a long-term  relationship. The PRM serves  as the client's  primary
source  of IT advice and overall coordinator of Whittman-Hart's multiple service
offerings to the client.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    In addition to its  branch locations, the  Company maintains several  client
support  centers. These  centers consist  of small  offices, usually  located in
smaller or more remote markets, which the Company maintains to support the needs
of an existing client or clients near that location.
 
HUMAN RESOURCES
 
    The Company's success  depends in large  part upon its  ability to  attract,
develop,  motivate  and  retain highly  skilled  technical  employees. Qualified
technical employees  are in  great demand  and are  likely to  remain a  limited
resource   for  the  foreseeable  future.  Whittman-Hart  dedicates  significant
resources to  recruiting  consultants  with  both  IT  consulting  and  industry
experience.  Many  consultants  are selected  from  among the  largest  and most
successful IT, accounting  and other professional  services organizations.  Each
candidate  is screened through detailed interviews by Whittman-Hart's recruiting
personnel,  technical   interviews   by   consultants  and   an   appraisal   by
Whittman-Hart's   managers.  As   of  June   30,  1996,   the  Company  employed
approximately 858 employees, of whom approximately 718 were consultants.
 
    Whittman-Hart has  implemented  a  number  of  distinctive  human  resources
programs.  For example,  the Company's  performance-based incentive compensation
program provides guidelines  for career development,  encourages development  of
skills,  provides  a  tool  to  manage  the  employee  development  process  and
establishes compensation guidelines. Whittman-Hart has also developed its  WHISE
training  module  to  guide  consultants  through  a  progression  of  skill and
competency development programs. As part of this module, the Company  reimburses
employees for education and training, provides computer-based training curricula
and  provides access to the Company's Technology Center where employees can gain
hands-on experience with a diverse array of computing environments. In addition,
Whittman-Hart has developed a centralized new employee orientation program  that
features  multimedia presentations  and a  computer-based training  program. See
"Business -- Operational Investments -- Proprietary Training Module."
 
    None of  the Company's  employees  are subject  to a  collective  bargaining
arrangement.   Whittman-Hart  has  entered  into  employment  agreements,  which
(without substantial  penalty)  are  terminable  upon  two  weeks  notice,  with
virtually  all  of  its  sales, recruiting  and  technical  personnel containing
noncompetition,  nondisclosure  and  nonsolicitation  covenants.  Although  most
consultants  are  Company  employees,  the Company  does  engage  consultants as
independent contractors from time to time.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The market  for IT  services  includes a  large  number of  competitors,  is
subject  to rapid change and is  highly competitive. Primary competitors include
participants from a variety of  market segments, including "Big Six"  accounting
firms,  systems consulting and implementation firms, application software firms,
service groups of computer equipment companies, facilities management companies,
general management consulting  firms and  programming companies.  Many of  these
competitors  have  significantly  greater  financial,  technical  and  marketing
resources and  greater  name recognition  than  the Company.  In  addition,  the
Company  competes with its clients' internal resources, particularly where these
resources represent a  fixed cost  to the  client. Such  competition may  impose
additional pricing pressures on the Company. See "Risk Factors -- Competition."
 
    The  Company  believes  that the  principal  competitive factors  in  the IT
services market  include  breadth  of  services  offered,  technical  expertise,
knowledge  and experience  in the industry,  price, perceived  value, quality of
service and responsiveness to client needs and speed in delivering IT solutions.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
 
    Whittman-Hart's success has  resulted, in part,  from its methodologies  and
other  proprietary  intellectual  property  rights. The  Company  relies  upon a
combination of  nondisclosure  and  other  contractual  arrangements  and  trade
secret,  copyright and trademark laws to  protect its proprietary rights and the
proprietary rights of third parties from whom the Company licenses  intellectual
property.  The Company enters into confidentiality agreements with its employees
and   limits    distribution    of   proprietary    information.    There    can
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
be  no assurance  that the  steps taken by  the Company  in this  regard will be
adequate to  deter  misappropriation  of proprietary  information  or  that  the
Company  will be able to  detect unauthorized use and  take appropriate steps to
enforce its  intellectual property  rights. See  "Risk Factors  --  Intellectual
Property Rights."
 
    Software  developed by Whittman-Hart in  connection with a client engagement
is typically assigned  to the  client. In  limited situations,  the Company  may
retain   ownership,  or  obtain  a  license   from  its  client,  which  permits
Whittman-Hart or a third party to market  the software for the joint benefit  of
the client and Whittman-Hart or for the sole benefit of Whittman-Hart.
 
    "Whittman-Hart-Registered  Trademark-"  and  "Making  Information Technology
Work-Registered Trademark-" are registered  service marks of Whittman-Hart.  The
Company  is also in the  process of registering its  slogan "We Are IT-SM-" with
the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. The Company holds no patents or registered
copyrights, and  has no  present intention  of making  any copyright  or  patent
applications.
 
PROPERTY
 
    Whittman-Hart's  principal executive offices are located at 311 South Wacker
Drive, Chicago, Illinois. The  Company's lease on  these premises covers  40,000
square  feet and expires October 31, 2004. The Company also leases facilities in
Indianapolis, Milwaukee, Denver, Cincinnati, Peoria,  Ft. Wayne and Dallas.  See
Note  5  of  Notes  to  Financial  Statements.  Whittman-Hart  anticipates  that
additional space will be required as  its business expands and believes that  it
will be able to obtain suitable space as needed.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    Whittman-Hart is not involved in any material legal proceedings.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The  directors and  executive officers of  the Company  and their respective
ages and positions as of June 30, 1996, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        NAME                              AGE                           POSITION
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>
Robert F. Bernard....................................  35         Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
                                                                   Officer
Edward V. Szofer.....................................  36         Director, Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and
                                                                   Secretary
Kevin M. Gaskey......................................  37         Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Susan B. Reardon.....................................  40         Director of Human Resources
Glen A. Metelmann....................................  53         Director of Marketing and Sales
Robert F. Steel (1)(2)...............................  41         Director
Paul D. Carbery (1)(2)...............................  35         Director
Lawrence P. Roches (1)(2)............................  44         Director
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
(2)  Member of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
    ROBERT F. BERNARD, the founder of the  Company, has served as a director  of
the  Company  and as  Chairman,  President and  Chief  Executive Officer  of the
Company since its inception in 1984. He  was selected as the KPMG Illinois  High
Tech Entrepreneur of the Year in 1992.
 
    EDWARD  V. SZOFER has served as a  director of the Company since August 1995
and has been Vice President and  Chief Operating Officer since January 1994  and
Secretary  since May 1996. From  1984 to December 1993,  Mr. Szofer held various
management positions with the Company in operations. Mr. Szofer was employed  as
a  consultant  in  the  Management  Information  Consulting  division  of Arthur
Andersen & Co. prior to joining the Company.
 
    KEVIN M. GASKEY has served as  the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer  of
the  Company since April 1990. Mr. Gaskey, a certified public accountant, joined
the Company  with  over  nine  years of  financial  experience  from  his  prior
positions  with  KPMG  Peat Marwick  LLP,  Beatrice Companies,  Inc.  and Baxter
International, Inc.
 
    SUSAN B. REARDON  has served as  the Company's Director  of Human  Resources
since  February 1990. From June 1987 to  January 1990, she established the human
resource function at  the Company.  Prior to  joining the  Company, Ms.  Reardon
served  as Human  Resources Manager at  TTX Co.,  a Chicago-based transportation
equipment leasing company.
 
    GLEN A. METELMANN  has served  as the  Company's Director  of Marketing  and
Sales  since  March 1990.  Prior  to 1990  he  was Vice  President,  Director of
Marketing and a member of the  Administrative Committee of Lake Shore  Bancorp.,
Inc.  Mr. Metelmann had  previously been employed in  the sales organizations of
Unisys Corporation and Xerox Corp.
 
    ROBERT F. STEEL has served as a  director of the Company since August  1995.
He  served as Secretary from January 1996 to May 1996. Since 1977, Mr. Steel has
served  in  various  positions  with  K.A.  Steel  Chemicals  Inc.,  a  chemical
processing  firm,  most  recently  as  President,  Chief  Executive  Officer and
Director. Mr. Steel  also serves  as an officer  and director  of several  other
privately held companies.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    PAUL  D. CARBERY has served as a  director of the Company since August 1995.
Mr. Carbery has been  a general partner of  Frontenac Company, a private  equity
investment  management partnership, since June 1993 and was an associate of that
firm from September 1989  to June 1993.  He also serves as  a director of  Eagle
River Interactive, Inc. as well as several privately held companies.
 
    LAWRENCE  P. ROCHES  has served  as a director  of the  Company since August
1995. He  has  been  the  Chief  Executive Officer  and  a  director  of  Melson
Technologies,  Inc., a provider of investment management systems for securities,
mortgage loans and real  estate portfolios since  September 1994. From  November
1991  to August  1994, he  was employed  as the  Vice President  of Marketing of
ShipNet Systems, Inc., an information services company. From October 1985 to May
1991, Mr. Roches was employed as Vice President of Technology and Chief Services
Officer of System Software Associates, Inc., a software company.
 
    The Company's  By-Laws  and Certificate  of  Incorporation provide  for  the
Company's  Board  of Directors  to  be comprised  of  as many  directors  as are
designated from time to time by the  Board of Directors. The Board is  currently
comprised  of five  members. Each director  holds office until  his successor is
duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or  removal.
The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws provide that the Board of
Directors  be classified into  three classes. Messrs. Roches  and Steel serve in
the class the term of which expires in 1997; Messrs. Carbery and Szofer serve in
the class the term of which expires in 1998; and Mr. Bernard serves in the class
the term of which expires in 1999. Upon the expiration of the term of each class
of directors, directors comprising such class  will be elected for a  three-year
term at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders.
 
    Two  of the  Company's current  directors, Messrs.  Carbery and  Steel, were
nominated and elected to the Company's  Board of Directors in accordance with  a
stockholders agreement as designees of Frontenac and Platinum, respectively. See
"Certain  Transactions."  There are  currently  no voting  agreements  in effect
regarding the  election of  directors.  Executive officers  of the  Company  are
appointed  by, and serve at the discretion of, the Board of Directors. There are
no family relationships among any of the executive officers or directors of  the
Company.
 
BOARD COMMITTEES
 
    The  Board of  Directors established a  Compensation Committee  and an Audit
Committee in December  1995. The Compensation  Committee, consisting of  Messrs.
Carbery,  Roches and  Steel, makes  recommendations concerning  the salaries and
incentive compensation  of  employees  of  the  Company.  The  Audit  Committee,
consisting  of Messrs. Carbery,  Roches and Steel,  is responsible for reviewing
the results and  scope of audits  and other services  provided by the  Company's
independent auditors and reviewing the Company's internal controls.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Prior  to establishing the Compensation Committee, all decisions relating to
executive compensation  were made  by the  Company's Management  Committee.  Mr.
Bernard,  the Company's Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr.
Szofer, the Company's Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, both served as
members of the Company's Management Committee and in such capacity  participated
in deliberations concerning executive compensation during 1995.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    Except  for Mr. Roches, directors do  not receive any compensation for their
services, although directors are  reimbursed for their reasonable  out-of-pocket
expenses  incurred  in attending  meetings. In  1996, Mr.  Roches was  granted a
nonqualified option to acquire 8,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price
of $4.63 per share.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following  table sets  forth  certain information  with respect  to  the
annual  and long-term compensation earned for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1995 for  the  Company's  Chief  Executive Officer  and  the  four  most  highly
compensated   executive  officers   other  than  the   Chief  Executive  Officer
(collectively,  with  the   Chief  Executive  Officer,   the  "Named   Executive
Officers").
 
                      SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE FOR 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     LONG-TERM
                                                                                   COMPENSATION
                                                                                    AWARDS (1)
                                                                                   -------------
                                                  ANNUAL COMPENSATION               SECURITIES
                                       ------------------------------------------   UNDERLYING         ALL OTHER
     NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION         SALARY        BONUS           OTHER        OPTIONS (#)    COMPENSATION (2)
<S>                                    <C>         <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>
Robert F. Bernard ...................  $  360,000  $        --     $   103,446(3)           --         $      --
 Chairman of the Board,
 President and Chief Executive
 Officer
 
Edward V. Szofer ....................     199,000       25,000              --          57,852               500
 Vice President and Chief
 Operating Officer
 
Kevin M. Gaskey .....................     160,500      141,250(4)           --          62,000               500
 Chief Financial Officer and
 Treasurer
 
Susan B. Reardon ....................     132,500       27,000              --          54,000               500
 Director of Human Resources
 
Glen A. Metelmann ...................     135,000       20,400              --          55,048               500
 Director of Marketing and Sales
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  The  Company  did  not  issue  any  restricted  stock  or  grant  any stock
     appreciation rights in 1995. None of the Named Executive Officers held  any
     restricted stock as of December 31, 1995.
 
(2)  Represents matching payments under the Company's 401(k) Plan.
 
(3)  Represents  amounts  paid  as  reimbursement  for  income  tax  liabilities
     incurred as  a result  of the  Company's predecessors'  earnings. See  "The
     Company."
 
(4)  Represents  a cash bonus  of $41,250 and  the issuance of  30,900 shares of
     Common Stock on February 15, 1995.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the grant
of incentive stock options ("ISOs") and nonqualified stock options ("NQSOs")  by
the Company during 1995 to the Named Executive Officers.
 
                             OPTION GRANTS IN 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                                    -------------------------------------------------------------   POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                         NUMBER OF                                                    VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                         SECURITIES                                                   ANNUAL RATES OF
                                         UNDERLYING        % OF TOTAL                                   STOCK PRICE
                                          OPTIONS            OPTIONS                                  APPRECIATION FOR
                                        GRANTED (1)        GRANTED TO     EXERCISE                    OPTION TERM (4)
                                    --------------------    EMPLOYEES       PRICE     EXPIRATION   ----------------------
               NAME                    ISO       NQSO      IN YEAR (2)   ($/SH) (3)      DATE          5%         10%
 
<S>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Robert F. Bernard.................         --         --           --%    $      --                $       --  $       --
Edward V. Szofer..................      3,852     54,000          6.4          6.49     12/31/05      236,124     598,386
Kevin M. Gaskey...................                62,000          6.8          6.49     12/31/05      253,055     641,290
                                          ---
Susan B. Reardon..................         --     54,000          5.9          6.49     12/31/05      220,402     558,543
Glen A. Metelmann.................      1,048     54,000          6.0          6.49     12/31/05      224,680     569,383
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  All  options were granted on December 31,  1995. The ISOs vest in thirds on
     the first three anniversaries of the stock option grant. The NQSOs vest 10%
     upon grant and 22.5% on each of  the first four anniversaries of the  stock
     option  grant, respectively, except  that options to  purchase 8,000 shares
     granted to Mr. Gaskey vested immediately upon grant.
 
(2)  Based on an aggregate  of 910,856 options granted  in 1995 to employees  of
     the Company, including the Named Executive Officers.
 
(3)  The  exercise  price  equals  the  fair market  value  of  Common  Stock as
     determined by the  Board of Directors  on that date,  based on a  valuation
     prepared by Broadview Associates. The exercise price is payable in cash or,
     subject to certain limitations, by delivery of shares of Common Stock.
 
(4)  The  potential  realizable value  is calculated  based on  the term  of the
     option at the time of grant (ten years). Stock price appreciation of 5% and
     10% is based on the  fair value at the time  of grant and assumes that  the
     option  is exercised at the exercise price and  sold on the last day of its
     term at  the  appreciated  price,  pursuant to  rules  promulgated  by  the
     Securities and Exchange Commission. The potential realizable value does not
     represent  the Company's  prediction of  its stock  price performance. This
     table does not  take into account  appreciation for the  fair value of  the
     Common Stock from the date of grant to date. There can be no assurance that
     the actual stock price appreciation over the ten-year option will be at the
     assumed 5% and 10% levels or at any other defined level. If for purposes of
     this  calculation the fair market value of  the Common Stock on the date of
     grant was assumed to have equaled the price to the public in the  Company's
     initial  public  offering, the  potential realizable  value of  the options
     calculated would substantially exceed the potential realizable values shown
     in the table.
 
    The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the value
of options held at December  31, 1995 by the  Named Executive Officers who  held
options  during 1995. The Named Executive  Officers did not exercise any options
to purchase Common Stock during 1995.
 
                             YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    NUMBER OF
                                                              SECURITIES UNDERLYING        VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                               UNEXERCISED OPTIONS         IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                                               AT DECEMBER 31, 1995      AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 (1)
                                                            --------------------------  --------------------------
                           NAME                             EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Robert F. Bernard.........................................          --            --     $      --    $        --
Edward V. Szofer..........................................       5,400        52,452             0              0
Kevin M. Gaskey...........................................      13,400        48,600             0              0
Susan B. Reardon..........................................       5,400        48,600             0              0
Glen A. Metelmann.........................................       5,400        49,648             0              0
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Until May 3, 1996, the Common Stock  was not publicly traded. The Board  of
     Directors,  in connection with  grants of stock options  from time to time,
     determines the fair market value of the Common Stock as of the grant  date.
     For  purposes of calculating the value recognized at year end, the Board of
     Directors has used  the Broadview Associates  determination of fair  market
     value as of December 31, 1995.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    The  Company is a party to substantially identical employment contracts with
Messrs. Bernard, Szofer, Gaskey and Metelmann and Ms. Reardon, pursuant to which
each of those individuals serves as an executive of the Company at  compensation
levels  and terms to be  agreed upon between those  individuals and the Company.
These agreements provide  that upon  termination of employment  by the  Company,
other  than for Cause (as defined in  the agreements) or retirement, the Company
shall pay  the officer  an amount  equal to  twice the  executive's annual  base
compensation in effect at the time of termination in the case of Messrs. Bernard
and  Szofer and  one year in  the case of  Messrs. Gaskey and  Metelmann and Ms.
Reardon. The agreements also provide  that in the event  of a Change in  Control
(as  defined in the agreements) and the occurrence of certain events, and to the
extent deductible under  then applicable tax  laws, the Company  shall pay  such
executives  a payment equal  to two times  the sum of:  (i) the executives' most
recent base annual compensation in effect at the date of the Change in  Control;
and  (ii)  the  cash  value  of  purchasing  on  an  individual  basis insurance
protection (including dependent coverage) that is equal to the coverage then  in
effect  with respect to the Company's health insurance plan, based upon the cost
of such  insurance coverage  for  a six-month  period  following the  Change  in
Control  date. Mr. Bernard's employment agreement  does not provide for payments
in the event  of a Change  in Control. Each  of these executives  is subject  to
noncompetition, nonsolicitation and nondisclosure covenants.
 
STOCK PLANS
 
    EMPLOYEE  STOCK PURCHASE  PLAN.   The Company  has reserved  an aggregate of
400,000 shares of Common Stock for  issuance under the Company's Employee  Stock
Purchase  Plan (the "Purchase Plan"). Such shares may be authorized but unissued
Common Stock, treasury shares or Common Stock purchased in the open market.  The
Purchase  Plan is intended to qualify under  Section 423 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and will permit eligible employees of the
Company who have  completed five  full calendar  months of  service to  purchase
Common  Stock  through payroll  deductions  of up  to  20% of  their  total cash
compensation, provided that no employee may purchase more than $20,000 worth  of
stock  in  any  calendar year.  The  Purchase  Plan has  two  six-month offering
periods, beginning on  April 1  and September  1 of  each year,  with the  first
offering period commencing on May 3, 1996. The Purchase Price (as defined in the
Purchase  Plan) of Common Stock purchased under  the Purchase Plan equals 90% of
the market value of the Common Stock (as calculated in the Purchase Plan) on the
first or last day of an offering  period, whichever is lower. The Purchase  Plan
is  administered by the  Compensation Committee. The  Board is able  to amend or
terminate the Purchase  Plan at any  time. However, the  Board may not,  without
stockholder  approval, modify the  Purchase Plan if  stockholder approval of the
amendment is  required for  the Purchase  Plan to  continue to  comply with  the
requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act"), and Section 423 of the Code.
 
    ESOP.   The Company sponsors an  Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP"),
covering substantially all employees  of the Company. As  of June 30, 1996,  the
ESOP  owned 245,194 shares of Common Stock.  The Company does not intend to make
future contributions to the ESOP. See Note 8 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
    1995 INCENTIVE  STOCK  PLAN.   The  Company  has reserved  an  aggregate  of
2,000,000  shares of  Common Stock for  issuance under the  1995 Incentive Stock
Plan, as amended (the "Incentive Stock Plan"), which may be granted to employees
and officers of the Company. The maximum number of shares that may be subject to
awards granted  to any  participant in  any fiscal  year is  88,084 shares.  The
Incentive  Stock  Plan  is  administered  by  the  Compensation  Committee.  The
Incentive Stock Plan  provides for awards,  which may consist  of Common  Stock,
restricted  shares of Common Stock, NQSOs and  ISOs to purchase shares of Common
Stock, performance awards and stock appreciation rights ("SARs").
 
    The  exercise  price  for  options  may  be  paid:  (i)  in  cash;  (ii)  by
surrendering  shares already owned by the optionee; or (iii) if the Compensation
Committee so determines by instructing a broker to sell enough of the optionee's
exercised shares to deliver to the Company sufficient sales proceeds to pay  the
exercise  price. The exercise  price per share  of Common Stock  may not be less
than 85% (100% in  the case of  an ISO) of  the mean of  the highest and  lowest
sales  price  for  the  Common  Stock  last  reported  on  the  Nasdaq  National
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
Market on the date the  stock option is granted. The  base value of an SAR  will
equal  not less than 85% of  the market value of a  share of Common Stock on the
grant date. Options and SARs to be  granted under the Incentive Stock Plan  must
be  exercised within fifteen years from the date of grant (ten years in the case
of ISOs) and  will generally vest  in annual installments  as determined by  the
Compensation  Committee. In  the case  of any eligible  employee who  owns or is
deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting  power
of  all classes of stock of the Company,  the exercise price of any ISOs granted
under the Incentive  Stock Plan may  not be less  than 110% of  the fair  market
value  of the Common Stock on the date  of grant and the exercise period may not
exceed five years from the date of grant.
 
    The Board of Directors  can terminate or amend  the Incentive Stock Plan  at
any  time, except that no such action generally will be able to adversely affect
any right or obligation regarding any awards previously made under the Incentive
Stock Plan without the consent of  the recipient. In addition, no amendment  may
be  effective without  the prior approval  of stockholders, if  such approval is
required for the  Incentive Stock  Plan to  continue to  comply with  applicable
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). In the
event  of any changes in  the capital structure of the  Company, such as a stock
dividend or split-up, the Board of Directors must make equitable adjustments  to
outstanding unexercised awards and to the provisions of the Incentive Stock Plan
so  that the net  value of the  award is not  changed. If the  Company becomes a
party to a merger, reorganization, liquidation or similar transaction, the Board
of Directors may make such arrangements it deems advisable regarding outstanding
awards, such  as  substituting  new  awards  for  outstanding  awards,  assuming
outstanding awards or terminating or paying for outstanding awards.
 
    At  July 31, 1996, ISOs for 50,904  shares and NQSOs for 821,430 shares were
outstanding under the Incentive Stock Plan.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding the  beneficial
ownership  of Common Stock as of July 31,  1996, as adjusted to reflect the sale
of the shares offered hereby,  by: (i) each person known  by the Company to  own
beneficially  more than 5% of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock; (ii) each
of the Company's directors; (iii) each of the Named Executive Officers; (iv) all
directors and executive officers of the Company as a group; and (v) each of  the
Selling  Stockholders. Unless otherwise indicated in  the footnotes to the table
set forth below, each person or entity named below has (a) an address in care of
the Company's principal executive offices,  and (b) to the Company's  knowledge,
sole  voting and  investment power  with respect to  all shares  of Common Stock
shown as beneficially owned by such holder.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP                  BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                                                 PRIOR TO OFFERING      NUMBER OF     AFTER OFFERING (1)
                                                              -----------------------    SHARES     -----------------------
                                                              NUMBER OF                   BEING     NUMBER OF
                            NAME                                SHARES      PERCENT      OFFERED      SHARES      PERCENT
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Robert F. Bernard...........................................   4,278,332       47.8%      277,320    4,001,012       40.1%
Frontenac VI Limited Partnership (2)........................     589,037        6.6       294,520      294,517        2.9
Paul D. Carbery (3).........................................     589,037        6.6       294,520      294,517        2.9
Lawrence P. Roches (4)......................................       2,000        *          --            2,000        *
Robert F. Steel (5).........................................           0        *               0            0        *
Edward V. Szofer (4)........................................     225,563        2.5        10,000      215,563        2.2
Platinum Venture Partners II, L.P. .........................     123,865        1.4        68,800       55,065        *
Platinum Venture Partners I, L.P. ..........................     108,382        1.2        60,200       48,182        *
Kevin M. Gaskey (4).........................................      68,205        *           9,780       58,425        *
Susan B. Reardon (4)........................................      37,809        *          --           37,809        *
Glen A. Metelmann (4).......................................      37,809        *          15,000       22,809        *
Murray L. Horwitz (4).......................................      22,802        *           9,380       13,422        *
Ronald C. Lavery (4)........................................      43,839        *          20,000       23,839        *
All executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons)    5,238,755       58.5                  4,632,135       46.2
 (5)........................................................                              606,620
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
* Less than 1%.
 
(1) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. In the event
    such option  is exercised  in  full, the  following stockholders  will  sell
    pursuant to such option the number of shares of Common Stock following their
    names  and,  after  this  offering, will  beneficially  own  the  number and
    percentage of shares of Common Stock following their names:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                                                                     AFTER OFFERING
                                                                                ------------------------
                                                                    SHARES TO    NUMBER OF
                                                                     BE SOLD      SHARES       PERCENT
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>          <C>
Robert F. Bernard................................................      60,520    3,940,492         39.5%
Frontenac VI Limited Partnership.................................     146,480      148,037          1.5
Platinum Venture Partners II, L.P. ..............................      33,600       21,465        *
Platinum Venture Partners I, L.P. ...............................      29,400       18,782        *
</TABLE>
 
(2) The address of  Frontenac VI Limited Partnership  is 135 S. LaSalle  Street,
    Chicago, Illinois 60603.
 
(3)  Mr. Carbery, a director  of the Company, is  a general partner of Frontenac
    Company, which is the general  partner of Frontenac VI Limited  Partnership.
    As such, Mr. Carbery may be deemed to beneficially own the 589,037 shares of
    Common  Stock beneficially  owned by  Frontenac VI  Limited Partnership. Mr.
    Carbery disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares within the meaning of
    Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act").
 
(4) Includes shares of Common Stock  which can be acquired through the  exercise
    of  options within 60 days of July 31, 1996, as follows: Edward V. Szofer --
    5,443 shares; Kevin M.  Gaskey -- 13,425 shares;  Susan B. Reardon --  5,429
    shares;  Glen  A. Metelmann  -- 5,429  shares; Lawrence  P. Roches  -- 2,000
    shares; Murray L. Horwitz -- 5,422 shares; Ronald C. Lavery -- 5,439 shares;
    and all executive officers and directors as a group -- 31,726 shares.
 
(5) Mr. Steel,  a director  of the  Company, is  a limited  partner of  Platinum
    Venture Partners I, L.P. and Platinum Venture Partners II, L.P. As such, Mr.
    Steel  may be deemed  to beneficially own  the 108,382 shares  of the Common
    Stock beneficially  owned  by Platinum  Venture  Partners I,  L.P.  and  the
    123,865  shares of the  Common Stock beneficially  owned by Platinum Venture
    Partners II, L.P. Mr. Steel  disclaims beneficial ownership of these  shares
    within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    In August 1995, Frontenac purchased 173,832 preferred equity units in LP for
$4.0 million and Platinum purchased 65,187 preferred equity units in LP for $1.5
million.  The preferred equity units were converted into a like number of shares
of Redeemable Preferred Stock  in connection with  the Reorganization, and  such
shares  were converted into 956,074 shares  of Common Stock immediately prior to
the consummation of the  Company's initial public  offering. See "The  Company."
Contemporaneously with Frontenac's and Platinum's investment in preferred equity
units,  the Company redeemed 260,748 common equity units owned by Mr. Bernard at
a redemption price of $5.75 per unit, or a total of $1.5 million.
 
    Frontenac and Platinum were granted certain registration rights with respect
to the preferred equity units and any securities issuable upon conversion of the
preferred equity units. They were also granted certain other rights,  including:
(i) the right to each designate one member to the Company's five person Board of
Directors;  (ii)  certain class  voting rights;  (iii) certain  preferences upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; (iv) a preferred dividend
accrual of 10% per annum payable upon redemption of the preferred equity  units;
and  (v) certain rights  of first refusal and  co-sale rights involving existing
management securities. In  addition, Frontenac,  Platinum, Limited  and each  of
Messrs.  Bernard and Szofer entered into a Voting Agreement whereby the parties,
other than Limited, agreed to vote in favor of the others' respective  designees
to  the Board of Directors. The  preferential rights, including those enumerated
above,  and  the   Voting  Agreement,  terminated   immediately  prior  to   the
consummation of the Company's initial public offering.
 
    During  the time when the Company's business was conducted as a partnership,
various loans were made  among Mr. Bernard,  Limited and LP,  all of which  have
been  repaid.  As of  December 31,  1995, loans  by the  Company to  Mr. Bernard
aggregated $326,356 and bore interest  at the per annum  rate of prime less  2%.
These loans were made to enable Mr. Bernard to make certain payments owed by him
to  an affiliate of  the Company. Also as  of December 31,  1995, loans from Mr.
Bernard to the Company  aggregated $317,413 and bore  interest at the per  annum
rate  of  10%. These  loans  were made  for  working capital  and  other general
corporate purposes.  Subsequent to  December  31, 1995,  the loans  were  offset
against  each other and the remaining balance owed by Mr. Bernard to the Company
was paid in full.
 
    In 1995  the Company  acquired  a 50%  ownership  interest in  Sleep  Relief
L.L.C.,  an Illinois  limited liability  company ("Sleep  Relief"). Sleep Relief
develops and markets sleep laboratory software products and provides consulting,
education and risk assessment services to providers involved in the practice  of
sleep  medicine as well as organizations  seeking to identify sleep disorders in
targeted populations.  Recently, Sleep  Relief entered  into an  agreement  with
HealthDyne  Technologies,  Inc. to  distribute  Sleep Relief's  sleep management
software and related documents. In consideration of its ownership interest,  the
Company  made  a nominal  capital investment  in Sleep  Relief and  committed to
provide up to  $150,000 in  technical and  administrative support  and to  match
capital  contributions made by  other interested parties,  provided an appraisal
determines that the  value of Sleep  Relief will  increase by the  value of  the
Company's   contribution.  Mr.  Bernard  serves  on  Sleep  Relief's  Management
Committee.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
    The Company's  authorized capital  stock consists  of 15,000,000  shares  of
Common  Stock,  par value  $.001 per  share, and  3,000,000 shares  of preferred
stock, $.001 par value per share, to be issued from time to time by the Board of
Directors as shares of one or more classes or series ("Blank Check  Preferred").
The  Company currently has outstanding 8,952,472  shares of Common Stock, and no
shares of Blank Check Preferred. Upon  completion of this offering, the  Company
will  have outstanding 9,987,472 shares  of Common Stock and  no shares of Blank
Check Preferred. As of August 2, 1996, there were 45 holders of record of Common
Stock.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    The holders of Common Stock are entitled  to one vote for each share on  all
matters voted upon by stockholders, including the election of directors.
 
    Subject to the rights of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock, the
holders of the Common Stock are entitled to such dividends as may be declared at
the  discretion  of  the  Board  of Directors  out  of  funds  legally available
therefor. See "Dividend Policy." Holders of  Common Stock are entitled to  share
ratably  in the  net assets  of the  Company upon  liquidation after  payment or
provision for all  liabilities and  any preferential liquidation  rights of  any
preferred stock then outstanding. The holders of Common Stock have no preemptive
rights  to purchase  shares of  capital stock of  the Company.  Shares of Common
Stock are not subject to any redemption provisions and are not convertible  into
any other securities of the Company. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are,
and  the shares of Common Stock to be  issued pursuant to this offering will be,
upon  payment  therefor,  duly  authorized,  validly  issued,  fully  paid   and
non-assessable.
 
    The  Common Stock is listed  on the Nasdaq National  Market under the symbol
"WHIT."
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Subject to the provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation  and
limitations prescribed by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to
adopt resolutions to issue shares of Blank Check Preferred, to fix the number of
such shares and to change the number of such shares constituting any series, and
to  provide  for  or change  the  voting powers,  designations,  preferences and
relative, participating,  optional  or  other  special  rights,  qualifications,
limitations  or  restrictions  thereof,  including  dividend  rights  (including
whether  dividends  are  cumulative),   dividend  rates,  terms  of   redemption
(including  sinking fund  provisions), redemption prices,  conversion rights and
liquidation preferences of the shares constituting any class or series of  Blank
Check  Preferred,  in  each case  without  any  further action  or  vote  by the
stockholders. The Company  has no  current plans to  issue any  shares of  Blank
Check Preferred.
 
DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS;
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS
 
    The  Company is  subject to  the provisions of  Section 203  of the Delaware
General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"). Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203
prohibits a  publicly held  Delaware corporation  from engaging  in a  "business
combination"  with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after
the  date  of  the  transaction  in  which  the  person  became  an   interested
stockholder,  unless the  interested stockholder  attained such  status with the
approval of the Board of Directors or the business combination is approved in  a
prescribed  manner,  or  certain  other conditions  are  satisfied.  A "business
combination" includes a merger, asset sale  or other transaction resulting in  a
financial  benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions,
an "interested  stockholder"  is a  person  who, together  with  affiliates  and
associates,   owns,  or  within  three  years  did  own,  15%  or  more  of  the
corporation's voting stock.
 
    The Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation and  By-Laws provide  that  the
directors  of the Company shall be classified into three classes, with staggered
three-year terms.  See "Management  -- Directors  and Executive  Officers."  Any
director may be removed only for cause upon the affirmative vote of at least 66%
of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.
 
    The  Company's  By-Laws  provide  that  for  nominations  for  the  Board of
Directors or for other business to be properly brought by a stockholder before a
meeting of stockholders,  the stockholder  must first have  given timely  notice
thereof  in writing to the Secretary of the Company. To be timely, a notice must
generally be delivered not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to  the
first anniversary of the preceding year's
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
annual meeting. The notice must contain, among other things, certain information
about  the  stockholder delivering  the  notice and,  as  applicable, background
information about each nominee or a  description of the proposed business to  be
brought before the meeting.
 
    The  Company's By-Laws provide that special  meetings of stockholders may be
called only by the Chairman  of the Board of Directors  or the President of  the
Company.  These  provisions could  have the  effect of  delaying until  the next
annual stockholders meeting stockholder actions which are favored by the holders
of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company.
 
    The foregoing provisions could have the  effect of making it more  difficult
for  a third party to acquire, or  of discouraging a third party from acquiring,
control of the Company.
 
    The existence of  Blank Check Preferred  enables the Board  of Directors  to
render  more difficult  or to  discourage an  attempt to  obtain control  of the
Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger or otherwise,  thereby
protecting  the continuity  of the Company's  management. The  issuance of Blank
Check Preferred pursuant to  the Board of  Directors' authority described  above
may  adversely affect the  rights of the  holders of Common  Stock. For example,
Blank Check Preferred issued by the Company  may rank prior to the Common  Stock
as  to dividend rights, liquidation preference or both, may have full or limited
voting rights and may be convertible  into shares of Common Stock.  Accordingly,
the  issuance of Blank Check Preferred may  discourage bids for the Common Stock
or may otherwise adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
    The Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  contains  certain  provisions
permitted  under  the  DGCL  relating  to  the  liability  of  directors.  These
provisions eliminate  a  director's  personal  liability  for  monetary  damages
resulting  from  a breach  of fiduciary  duty,  except in  certain circumstances
involving certain wrongful acts, such as:  (i) for any breach of the  director's
duty  of loyalty to the Company or  its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions
not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation
of law; (iii) under Section  174 of the DGCL; or  (iv) for any transaction  from
which the director derives an improper personal benefit. These provisions do not
limit  or  eliminate  the rights  of  the  Company or  any  stockholder  to seek
non-monetary relief, such  as an  injunction or rescission,  in the  event of  a
breach  of  a  director's fiduciary  duty.  These  provisions will  not  alter a
director's liability under federal securities laws. The Company's Certificate of
Incorporation and By-Laws also contain provisions indemnifying the directors and
officers of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. The Company
believes that  these  provisions  will  assist the  Company  in  attracting  and
retaining qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    Under  the terms of a  Registration Agreement dated as  of December 31, 1995
(the "1995 Registration  Agreement"), among  Frontenac, Platinum  (collectively,
the  "1995  Investors") and  the Company,  at any  time after  May 8,  1996 (the
closing date  of  the Company's  initial  public  offering), the  holders  of  a
majority  of  the Registrable  Stock  (as defined  therein),  have the  right to
require the Company to register any or all of the Registrable Stock, subject  to
the  conditions and limitations contained in the 1995 Registration Agreement. In
addition, under the  terms of a  Registration Agreement dated  May 8, 1996  (the
"1996 Registration Agreement" and together with the 1995 Registration Agreement,
the  "Registration Agreements"), among  the Company, Mr.  Bernard and Mr. Szofer
(Mr. Bernard and Mr. Szofer, together with the 1995 Investors, the "Investors"),
at any time after May 8, 1997, each of Mr. Bernard and Mr. Szofer have the right
to require the Company to register 122,680 and 50,000 of their shares of  Common
Stock,  respectively, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the
1996 Registration Agreement.
 
    In addition, pursuant to the Registration Agreements and the conditions  and
limitations  set  forth  therein,  the  Company  is  required  to:  (i)  pay all
associated Registration Expenses (as defined therein) in connection with certain
registrations; (ii) use its best efforts to effect such registrations; and (iii)
indemnify  the  Investors  and  certain  of  their  affiliates  against  certain
liabilities,  including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with
the registration of their shares.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The transfer agent and  registrar for the Common  Stock is Harris Trust  and
Savings Bank.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Upon  completion of this offering, the Company will have 9,987,472 shares of
Common Stock outstanding.  Of these shares,  the 1,800,000 shares  sold in  this
offering  and  the  3,105,000  shares issued  in  the  Company's  initial public
offering will be  freely tradeable without  restriction or further  registration
under  the Securities Act,  except that any shares  purchased by "affiliates" of
the Company, as that  term is defined under  the Securities Act  ("Affiliates"),
may  generally  only be  sold in  compliance  with the  limitations of  Rule 144
described below.
 
    All of  the  remaining shares  of  Common Stock  (the  "Restricted  Shares")
constitute  restricted securities under Rule  144. Of these "Restricted Shares,"
approximately 5,081,512 will be subject to a lock-up period expiring on  October
30,  1996 (the "Lock-Up  Period"). Following the Lock-Up  Period, 602,761 of the
Restricted Shares will immediately become  eligible for sale, subject,  however,
in the case of 336,388 shares, to the volume limitations and restrictions (other
than  the  holding  period requirement)  of  Rule 144.  The  remaining 4,478,751
Restricted Shares will become eligible for sale under Rule 144 at various  times
between February and December of 1997. See "Underwriting."
 
    In  general, under Rule 144 of the  Securities Act as currently in effect, a
person (or  persons whose  shares  are aggregated)  who has  beneficially  owned
Restricted  Shares for at least two years,  including a person who may be deemed
an Affiliate of the Company, is entitled to sell within any three-month period a
number of shares of Common Stock that does  not exceed the greater of 1% of  the
then  outstanding shares of Common Stock or the average weekly trading volume of
the Common  Stock as  reported on  the Nasdaq  National Market  during the  four
calendar  weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are subject to certain
restrictions relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of  current
public  information about the Company. In  addition, under Rule 144(k), a person
who is not an Affiliate of the Company at any time 90 days preceding a sale, and
who has beneficially owned shares for at least three years, would be entitled to
sell such  shares without  regard  to the  volume  limitations, manner  of  sale
provisions  or  notice or  other requirements  of Rule  144. The  Commission has
proposed to amend the  holding period required  by Rule 144  to permit sales  of
"restricted"  securities after  one year  rather than  two years  (and two years
rather than three years for "non-affiliates" under Rule 144(k)).
 
    At June 30, 1996, options  to purchase a total  of 914,334 shares of  Common
Stock  were outstanding, (all  of which options, other  than options to purchase
42,000 shares, were granted under the Incentive Stock Plan), of which options to
purchase 98,879 shares were then exercisable. An additional 1,126,706 shares  of
Common  Stock were available for future  option grants or direct issuances under
the Incentive Stock Plan, and 400,000 shares of Common Stock were available  for
direct  issuances under the Purchase Plan.  See "Management -- Stock Plans." All
2,000,000 shares issuable  upon exercise  of options  granted or  to be  granted
under  the Incentive Stock  Plan and 400,000 shares  issuable under the Purchase
Plan are registered on a Form S-8. When issued by the Company, such shares  will
be  freely tradeable, except that, if held  by an Affiliate, such shares will be
subject to  the volume  limitations  and restrictions  (other than  the  holding
period requirement) of Rule 144.
 
    The  Company has granted Frontenac and Platinum and their transferees demand
and piggyback registration rights covering an aggregate of 432,532 shares. These
registration rights  will become  exercisable after  expiration of  the  Lock-Up
Period.  The  Company has  also granted  Messrs. Bernard  and Szofer  demand and
piggyback registration  rights  covering an  aggregate  of 172,680  shares.  The
demand  registration rights for  Messrs. Bernard and  Szofer are not exercisable
until May 8,  1997. When and  as these rights  are exercised, additional  shares
will  become  available  for  sale  upon  the  effectiveness  of  a registration
statement filed pursuant to exercise of such rights. See "Description of Capital
Stock -- Registration Rights."
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject to certain terms and  conditions of the Underwriting Agreement,  the
underwriters  named  below (the  "Underwriters"), for  whom Donaldson,  Lufkin &
Jenrette Securities  Corporation  and  Volpe,  Welty &  Company  are  acting  as
Representatives,  have severally  agreed to  purchase from  the Company  and the
Selling Stockholders, and the Company and such Selling Stockholders have  agreed
severally  to sell to each of the Underwriters, an aggregate of 1,800,000 shares
of Common Stock  at the public  offering price per  share less the  underwriting
discounts  and commissions set forth on the cover of this Prospectus. The number
of shares of Common Stock  that each Underwriter has  agreed to purchase is  set
forth opposite its name below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       NUMBER OF
                                            UNDERWRITERS                                                 SHARES
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation..................................................
Volpe, Welty & Company...............................................................................
 
                                                                                                       ----------
  Total..............................................................................................   1,800,000
                                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                                       ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The  Underwriting  Agreement provides  that the  obligations of  the several
Underwriters to purchase the  Shares offered hereby are  subject to approval  of
certain  legal matters by their counsel and  to certain other conditions. If any
of the Shares  are purchased by  the Underwriters pursuant  to the  Underwriting
Agreement,  the Underwriters are obligated to  purchase all of the Shares (other
than those covered by the over-allotment option described below).
 
    The  Company  and  the  Selling  Stockholders  have  been  advised  by   the
Underwriters  that they propose to  offer the Shares to  the public initially at
the price to the public  set forth on the cover  page of this Prospectus and  to
certain  dealers at  such price, less  a concession not  in excess  of $     per
Share. The Underwriters may allow, and  such dealers may re-allow, a  concession
not  in excess of $    per  Share to certain other dealers. After this offering,
the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the Underwriters.
 
    Pursuant to the  Underwriting Agreement, certain  Selling Stockholders  have
granted  to the Underwriters  an option, exercisable not  later than 30 calendar
days from the  date of  the Underwriting Agreement,  to purchase  up to  270,000
additional  Shares at  the offering price  set forth  on the cover  page of this
Prospectus, less the  underwriting discounts  and commissions,  solely to  cover
over-allotments.
 
    To  the  extent that  the  Underwriters exercise  such  option, each  of the
Underwriters will  have a  firm commitment  to purchase  approximately the  same
percentage  of the option shares  as the number of Shares  to be purchased by it
shown in the above table bears to the total number of Shares shown in the  above
table,  such Selling Stockholders will be  obligated, pursuant to the option, to
sell such Shares to the Underwriters. The Underwriters may exercise such  option
only  to cover over-allotments  made in connection  with the sale  of the Shares
offered hereby. If purchased, the Underwriters will sell such additional 270,000
Shares on the same terms as those on which the Shares are being offered.
 
    The  Underwriting  Agreement  contains  covenants  of  indemnity  among  the
Underwriters,  the Company  and the  Selling Stockholders  against certain civil
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
    The Company, the Selling Stockholders, the executive officers and  directors
of the Company and certain employees of the Company have each agreed that during
the  Lock-Up  Period  they  will  not,  without  the  prior  written  consent of
Donaldson, Lufkin  &  Jenrette  Securities Corporation,  sell,  offer  to  sell,
contract  to sell,  grant any  option to  purchase or  otherwise dispose  of any
shares of Common  Stock or  any securities  convertible into  or exercisable  or
exchangeable   for  Common  Stock,  other  than  the  Shares,  except  that  the
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
Company may issue shares upon the exercise of stock options granted prior to May
2, 1996,  and may  grant additional  options under  its stock  option and  other
employee compensation plans, provided that, without the prior written consent of
Donaldson,  Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation,  such options shall not be
exercisable during the Lock-Up Period.
 
    In connection  with the  offering, certain  Underwriters and  selling  group
members  may engage in passive market making transactions in the Common Stock on
the Nasdaq National Market  immediately prior to the  commencement of sales,  in
accordance  with  Rule  10b-6A under  the  Exchange Act.  Passive  market making
consists of, among other things, displaying  bids on the Nasdaq National  Market
limited  by the bid prices of independent market makers and purchases limited by
such prices and effected in response to  order flow. Net purchases by a  passive
market  maker on each day  are limited to a  specified percentage of the passive
market maker's  average  daily trading  volume  in  the Common  Stock  during  a
specified  prior  period,  and  all  passive  market  making  activity  must  be
discontinued when such limit is reached. Passive market making may stabilize the
market price of the  Common Stock at  a level above  that which might  otherwise
prevail and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The  legality of the  issuance of the  shares offered hereby  will be passed
upon for the  Company by  Sachnoff &  Weaver, Ltd.,  Chicago, Illinois.  Certain
legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Katten Muchin & Zavis,
Chicago, Illinois.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The Financial Statements and Schedule of the Company as of December 31, 1995
and  1994, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1995 included  herein and  elsewhere in  the Registration  Statement, have  been
included  herein  in  reliance  upon  the  reports  of  KPMG  Peat  Marwick LLP,
independent certified public accountants,  appearing elsewhere herein, and  upon
the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The  Company has filed with the  Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 under the Securities Act, with  respect to the Shares. This Prospectus  does
not  contain all  of the  information set  forth in  the Registration Statement,
certain portions  of which  have been  omitted  as permitted  by the  rules  and
regulations  of  the Commission.  For further  information  with respect  to the
Company and the Common Stock, reference  is made to the Registration  Statement,
including  the  exhibits and  schedules  thereto. Statements  contained  in this
Prospectus as to the contents of  any contract, agreement or any other  document
referred  to  herein are  not necessarily  complete; with  respect to  each such
contract, agreement  or  document  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  the  Registration
Statement,  reference is made to such exhibit for a more complete description of
the matters involved, and each such  statement shall be deemed qualified in  its
entirety  by such reference. The  Registration Statement, including the exhibits
and schedules  thereto, may  be  inspected without  charge at  the  Commission's
principal office at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and copies of
either  of  them or  any part  thereof may  be obtained  from such  office, upon
payment of the fees  prescribed by the  Commission. The Registration  Statement,
including  the  exhibits  and  schedules  thereto,  is  also  available  on  the
Commission's Web site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
    The Company is subject to the information requirements of the Exchange  Act,
and   in  accordance  therewith  files   reports,  proxy  statements  and  other
information  with  the  Commission.  Such  reports,  proxy  material  and  other
information  concerning the  Company can be  inspected and copied  at the public
reference facilities maintained  by the  Commission at 450  Fifth Street,  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C. 20549 or at  its regional offices at  500 West Madison Street,
Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois  60661 and 7 World  Trade Center, Suite 1300,  New
York,  New York 10048. Copies  of such material can  be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549 at prescribed rates. The
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
Company's  Common  Stock  is listed  in  the  Nasdaq National  Market,  and such
reports, proxy  material and  other information  can also  be inspected  at  the
offices  of The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549.
 
    Copies of reports,  proxy and information  statements and other  information
regarding registrants that file electronically are available on the Commission's
Web site.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Independent Auditors' Report...............................................................................     F-2
 
Balance Sheets at December 31, 1994 and 1995...............................................................     F-3
 
Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995................................     F-4
 
Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995....................     F-5
 
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995..............................     F-6
 
Notes to Financial Statements..............................................................................     F-7
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statements of Earnings.......................................................    F-12
 
Balance Sheet at December 31, 1995 and June 30, 1996 (unaudited)...........................................    F-13
 
Statements of Earnings for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited).........................    F-14
 
Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited).......................    F-15
 
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements....................................................................    F-16
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Stockholders and Board of Directors
Whittman-Hart, Inc.:
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Whittman-Hart, Inc. as of
December   31,  1994  and   1995,  and  the   related  statements  of  earnings,
stockholders' equity, and  cash flows for  each of the  years in the  three-year
period   ended   December  31,   1995.  These   financial  statements   are  the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express  an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, the financial statements  referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects,  the financial position of  Whittman-Hart, Inc. as  of
December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for  each  of the  years in  the three-year  period ended  December 31,  1995 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
Chicago, Illinois
February 19, 1996
 
       except for paragraph two of Note 13, which
       is as of April 3, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------------------------
                                                                                                 UNAUDITED 1995
                                                                                                 PRO FORMA (NOTE
                                                                            1994        1995           13)
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>         <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.............................................  $      --  $4,083,178    $ 4,083,178
  Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $346,874 and $100,000 in 1994 and 1995, respectively.................  4,131,255   8,785,240      8,785,240
  Other receivables.....................................................    490,200      63,060         63,060
  Prepaid expenses and other............................................    164,414     481,831        481,831
  Notes and interest receivable -- stockholder..........................    307,964     326,356        326,356
  Notes and interest receivable -- executives...........................     46,000     106,355        106,355
  Deferred income taxes.................................................         --      50,000         50,000
                                                                          ---------  ----------  ---------------
    Total current assets................................................  5,139,833  13,896,020     13,896,020
Property and equipment, at cost:
  Office furniture and equipment........................................  2,002,419   2,497,413      2,497,413
  Computer equipment and software.......................................    750,078   2,019,435      2,019,435
  Automobiles...........................................................    107,735     107,735        107,735
  Leasehold improvements................................................         --     147,039        147,039
                                                                          ---------  ----------  ---------------
                                                                          2,860,232   4,771,622      4,771,622
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization........................   (973,346) (1,574,292)    (1,574,292)
                                                                          ---------  ----------  ---------------
Net property and equipment..............................................  1,886,886   3,197,330      3,197,330
Notes receivable -- executives..........................................     60,000      51,500         51,500
Long-term note receivable...............................................    100,000          --             --
Other...................................................................     58,844      84,117         84,117
                                                                          ---------  ----------  ---------------
    Total assets........................................................  $7,245,563 $17,228,967   $17,228,967
                                                                          ---------  ----------  ---------------
                                                                          ---------  ----------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>         <C>
Current liabilities:
  Current maturities of long-term debt..................................  $ 395,111  $  550,363    $   550,363
  Notes payable -- stockholder..........................................         --     317,413        317,413
  Checks issued in excess of bank balance...............................    121,802          --             --
  Accounts payable......................................................    445,383   1,264,048      1,264,048
  Accrued compensation and related costs................................  2,686,899   5,843,859      5,843,859
  Other accrued liabilities.............................................    726,126     542,541        542,541
  Distributions payable.................................................         --     860,646        860,646
  Other current liabilities.............................................    151,745     321,375        321,375
                                                                          ---------  ----------  ---------------
    Total current liabilities...........................................  4,527,066   9,700,245      9,700,245
Long term debt, less current maturities.................................  1,282,719   1,134,729      1,134,729
Long-term notes payable -- stockholder..................................    317,413          --             --
Deferred rent...........................................................    126,756     538,934        538,934
                                                                          ---------  ----------  ---------------
    Total liabilities...................................................  6,253,954  11,373,908     11,373,908
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, 10%, $.001 par value, 239,019
 shares authorized, issued and outstanding (redemption value
 $5,683,334); none issued and outstanding pro forma.....................         --   5,583,843             --
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 3,000,000 shares authorized, none
   issued and outstanding...............................................         --          --             --
  Common stock, $.001 par value; 15,000,000 shares authorized, 5,539,420
   and 5,371,372 shares issued in 1994 and 1995; 6,327,446 shares issued
   pro forma............................................................      5,539       5,371          6,327
  Additional paid-in capital............................................    990,300     289,943      5,872,830
  Retained earnings.....................................................         --          --             --
                                                                          ---------  ----------  ---------------
                                                                            995,839     295,314      5,879,157
  Common stock held in treasury, at cost; 1,618 and 7,698 shares in 1994
   and 1995.............................................................     (4,230)    (24,098)       (24,098)
                                                                          ---------  ----------  ---------------
    Total stockholders' equity..........................................    991,609     271,216      5,855,059
                                                                          ---------  ----------  ---------------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........................  $7,245,563 $17,228,967   $17,228,967
                                                                          ---------  ----------  ---------------
                                                                          ---------  ----------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
                             STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      -------------------------------------------
                                                                          1993           1994           1995
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues............................................................  $  23,422,300  $  29,543,250  $  49,822,060
Cost of services....................................................     13,829,120     17,727,690     30,392,200
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
  Gross profit......................................................      9,593,180     11,815,560     19,429,860
Costs and expenses:
  Selling...........................................................      1,073,410      1,431,030      2,497,100
  Recruiting........................................................        768,900      1,120,750      2,181,293
  General and administrative........................................      6,714,315      8,088,921     13,038,560
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total costs and expenses........................................      8,556,625     10,640,701     17,716,953
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
Operating income....................................................      1,036,555      1,174,859      1,712,907
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense..................................................       (174,520)      (101,060)      (214,620)
  Interest income...................................................         18,690         20,980         98,850
  Other, net........................................................        221,764         44,723        133,030
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total other income (expense)....................................         65,934        (35,357)        17,260
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
Income before income taxes..........................................      1,102,489      1,139,502      1,730,167
Income taxes (note 6)...............................................          2,563         29,349        (50,000)
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
Net income..........................................................  $   1,099,926  $   1,110,153  $   1,780,167
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
 
Pro forma income data (unaudited) (note 6):
  Net income as reported............................................  $   1,099,926  $   1,110,153  $   1,780,167
  Pro forma adjustment to provision for income taxes................         27,366        254,880        666,593
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
  Pro forma net income..............................................  $   1,072,560  $     855,273  $   1,113,574
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
  Pro forma net income per share....................................                                        $0.16
                                                                                                    -------------
                                                                                                    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             TREASURY STOCK AT
                                      PREFERRED STOCK           COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL                       COST
                                   ----------------------  ----------------------   PAID-IN     RETAINED    --------------------
                                    SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT      CAPITAL     EARNINGS     SHARES     AMOUNT
 
<S>                                <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>
Balance at December 31, 1992.....         --   $      --   1,314,241   $   1,314   $(1,694,429)  $      --       (875) $  (6,842)
Retroactive restatement for a 4
 for 1 stock split in the form of
 a common stock dividend
 effective April 3, 1996.........                          3,942,723       3,943       (3,943)         --      (2,625)        --
                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
As restated......................         --          --   5,256,964       5,257   (1,698,372)         --      (3,500)    (6,842)
Partnership income before
 business combination............                                                   1,099,926
Purchase of common stock.........                                                                             (13,860)   (29,793)
Issuance of common stock.........                            282,456         282      441,826
                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Balance at December 31, 1993.....         --          --   5,539,420       5,539     (156,620)         --     (17,360)   (36,635)
Partnership income before
 business combination............                                                   1,110,153
Purchase of common stock.........                                                                             (26,069)   (68,239)
Issuance of common stock.........                                                      36,767                  41,811    100,644
                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Balance at December 31, 1994.....         --          --   5,539,420       5,539      990,300          --      (1,618)    (4,230)
Partnership income before
 business combination............                                                   1,730,167
Net income after business
 combination.....................                                                                  50,000
Purchase of common stock.........                                                                              (6,080)   (19,868)
Issuance of common stock.........                             92,700          93      249,907
Purchase and retirement of common
 stock...........................                           (260,748)       (261)  (1,499,739)
Partnership capital
 distributions...................                                                  (1,040,122)
Redeemable convertible preferred
 stock dividends.................                                                    (133,334)    (50,000)
Accretion of redeemable
 convertible preferred stock
 issuance costs..................                                                      (7,236)
                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995.....         --   $      --   5,371,372   $   5,371   $  289,943   $      --      (7,698) $ (24,098)
                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                      TOTAL
                                   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                      EQUITY
<S>                                <C>
Balance at December 31, 1992.....   $(1,699,957)
Retroactive restatement for a 4
 for 1 stock split in the form of
 a common stock dividend
 effective April 3, 1996.........           --
                                   ------------
As restated......................   (1,699,957)
Partnership income before
 business combination............    1,099,926
Purchase of common stock.........      (29,793)
Issuance of common stock.........      442,108
                                   ------------
Balance at December 31, 1993.....     (187,716)
Partnership income before
 business combination............    1,110,153
Purchase of common stock.........      (68,239)
Issuance of common stock.........      137,411
                                   ------------
Balance at December 31, 1994.....      991,609
Partnership income before
 business combination............    1,730,167
Net income after business
 combination.....................       50,000
Purchase of common stock.........      (19,868)
Issuance of common stock.........      250,000
Purchase and retirement of common
 stock...........................   (1,500,000)
Partnership capital
 distributions...................   (1,040,122)
Redeemable convertible preferred
 stock dividends.................     (183,334)
Accretion of redeemable
 convertible preferred stock
 issuance costs..................       (7,236)
                                   ------------
Balance at December 31, 1995.....   $  271,216
                                   ------------
                                   ------------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           -------------------------------------
                                                                              1993         1994         1995
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income...............................................................  $ 1,099,926  $ 1,110,153  $ 1,780,167
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
 activities:
  Depreciation and amortization..........................................      232,753      340,699      600,946
  Gain on disposition of property and equipment..........................       (1,398)          --           --
  ESOP expense...........................................................      175,000      137,411           --
  Executive stock expense................................................      116,701       29,168      241,668
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
    Receivables..........................................................   (1,007,277)    (986,471)  (4,226,845)
    Deferred income taxes................................................           --           --      (50,000)
    Prepaid expenses and other...........................................       15,521      (67,544)    (317,417)
    Notes receivable.....................................................     (177,823)    (127,874)      29,753
    Other assets.........................................................       14,899        6,321      (25,273)
    Accounts payable.....................................................        9,594       67,412      818,665
    Accrued compensation and related costs...............................      962,993      131,814    3,165,292
    Other accrued liabilities............................................        4,535      651,339     (183,585)
    Deferred rent........................................................     (139,183)     (83,312)     412,178
    Other current liabilities............................................     (109,030)    (257,057)     169,630
                                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash provided by operating activities................................    1,197,211      952,059    2,415,179
                                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of property and equipment.....................................      (49,668)  (1,717,907)  (1,911,390)
  Proceeds from disposition of property and equipment....................       24,379           --           --
                                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash used in investing activities....................................      (25,289)  (1,717,907)  (1,911,390)
                                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net
   of issuance costs.....................................................           --           --    5,393,273
  Proceeds from issuance of bank debt....................................           --    1,650,000      500,000
  Payments on bank debt..................................................   (1,230,637)    (456,220)    (492,738)
  Payments on related party debt.........................................      (50,000)    (265,000)          --
  Purchase of common stock...............................................      (29,793)     (68,239)  (1,519,868)
  Partnership capital distributions......................................           --           --     (179,476)
  Checks issued in excess of bank balance................................      138,508      (94,693)    (121,802)
                                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities......................   (1,171,922)     765,848    3,579,389
                                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents................................           --           --    4,083,178
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year...........................           --           --           --
                                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.................................  $        --  $        --  $ 4,083,178
                                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
  Interest paid..........................................................  $   174,394  $    82,060  $   225,480
Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:
  Issuance of common stock to ESOP.......................................      175,000      137,411           --
  Settlement of lease obligation in exchange for furniture...............           --      104,231           --
  Issuance of common stock to executives.................................      267,108           --      250,000
  Automobile acquired in exchange for note...............................       40,000           --           --
  Partnership capital distribution payable...............................           --           --      860,646
  Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends and
   issuance costs........................................................           --           --      190,570
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
 
1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
    Whittman-Hart,  Inc. (the  "Company") provides  a wide  range of information
technology consulting  services to  a  variety of  industries that  utilize  any
combination   of   open   system,   client/server,   midrange   and   enterprise
architectures. Primary industries  include manufacturing, distribution,  retail,
financial  markets, telecommunications, insurance  and healthcare throughout the
United States.
 
    The Company's business was previously owned by Whittman-Hart, L.P. ("LP"), a
Delaware  limited  partnership,  and  operated  by  employees  of  Whittman-Hart
Corporation  II ("Corporation II"), a Delaware corporation, pursuant to a client
service agreement. Corporation II's operations consisted solely of revenues  and
expenses  related to  its client  service agreement with  LP. The  Company was a
limited partner  in LP.  Corporation  II's revenues  and LP's  related  expenses
associated  with  the  client  service agreement  have  been  eliminated  in the
accompanying  financial   statements.   Partnership   income   before   business
combination  as reported  in the  statements of  stockholders' equity represents
LP's undistributed earnings.
 
    Effective December  31,  1995,  the Company  issued  common  and  redeemable
convertible  preferred stock in exchange for the remaining partnership interests
of LP. The exchange  represents a combination of  entities under common  control
and  has been accounted  for on an "as-if"  pooling-of-interests basis, with the
accompanying financial statements restated for all periods presented.
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the financial
statements and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
  REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Revenues are recognized as the related services are performed.
 
  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Depreciation  is  computed  using  the  straight-line  method  based  on the
estimated useful lives, ranging from two to seven years, of the various  classes
of property. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed over the shorter
of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset.
 
  CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash  equivalents consist of Eurodollar time  deposits which mature in seven
days.
 
  INCOME TAXES
 
    Income taxes,  including  pro  forma  calculations,  are  accounted  for  in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting
for  Income Taxes"  ("Statement 109"). Under  the asset and  liability method of
Statement 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future
tax consequences  attributable to  differences between  the financial  statement
carrying  amounts of  existing assets and  liabilities and  their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax  rates
expected  to  apply to  taxable income  in  the years  in which  those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred  tax
assets  and liabilities of a change in tax  rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
  PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER SHARE
 
    Pro forma net  income per  common and  common equivalent  share is  computed
based  on the weighted average of  7,064,886 common and common equivalent shares
(redeemable convertible  preferred  stock,  10%, $.001  par  value  ("Redeemable
Preferred Stock") and stock options) outstanding during the year.
 
    Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No.
83,  common  and  common  equivalent  shares  issued  during  the  twelve months
immediately preceding the initial public offering date (using the treasury stock
method and the initial  public offering price per  share) have been included  in
the  calculation  of  common  and  common  equivalent  shares  as  if  they were
outstanding for the entire period presented.
 
  RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
    Certain 1993 and 1994 balances have been reclassified to conform to the 1995
presentation.
 
3.  REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
    During 1995, the Company issued 239,019 shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock
which have a preference  value equal to  $23.01 per share  plus all accrued  but
unpaid  dividends. Dividends  of $183,334 were  accreted in 1995.  Each share of
Redeemable Preferred  Stock is  convertible  into four  shares of  common  stock
subject  to  adjustments  for  anti-dilution.  The  holders  of  the  Redeemable
Preferred Stock are entitled  to one vote  for each share  of common stock  into
which  such holders' Redeemable Preferred Stock may be converted. The Redeemable
Preferred Stock was recorded at  fair value on the  date of issuance less  issue
costs.  The excess  of the  preference value  over the  carrying value  is being
accreted by periodic charges to additional paid-in capital over the life of  the
issue. Accretion of issue costs were $7,236 in 1995.
 
    Each  holder  of the  Redeemable Preferred  Stock may  elect to  require the
Company to redeem  such holder's  Redeemable Preferred Stock  at its  preference
value  at any  time after  certain events  have occurred  or July  31, 2000. All
Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  shall   automatically  convert  to  common   stock
immediately  prior  to the  closing  of a  sale of  common  stock pursuant  to a
registration  statement  declared  effective  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  if  the aggregate  sales proceeds  exceed  certain levels.  Upon the
conversion of any Redeemable Preferred Stock into common stock, any accrued  and
unpaid dividends shall be canceled.
 
4.  DEBT OBLIGATIONS
 
  LINE OF CREDIT
 
    The  Company has a line of credit with a bank which expires on July 31, 1996
and provides a maximum borrowing of $2,000,000. Borrowings are limited to 80% of
eligible accounts receivable and bear interest  at the bank's prime rate or  the
London  Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 1.5%. No borrowings were outstanding
at December 31, 1995.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
 
4.  DEBT OBLIGATIONS (CONTINUED)
  LONG TERM DEBT
 
    Long-term debt obligations at December 31, 1994 and 1995 are:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1994          1995
<S>                                                                           <C>           <C>
Promissory note payable to bank, interest at the bank's prime rate or LIBOR
 plus 1.5%, due in monthly installments of principal and interest through
 October 31, 1999, secured by the accounts receivable and specific furniture
 and equipment of the Company...............................................  $  1,650,000  $  1,292,500
Promissory note payable to bank, interest at the bank's prime rate or LIBOR
 plus 1.5%, due in monthly installments of principal and interest through
 February 28, 1998, secured by the accounts receivable and specific
 furniture and equipment of the Company.....................................            --       374,000
Installment note payable, interest at 7.85%, due in monthly installments of
 $995 through August 1997. Note is secured by an automobile.................        27,830        18,592
                                                                              ------------  ------------
Total long-term debt........................................................     1,677,830     1,685,092
Less current maturities.....................................................       395,111       550,363
                                                                              ------------  ------------
Total.......................................................................  $  1,282,719  $  1,134,729
                                                                              ------------  ------------
                                                                              ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company may elect to convert the interest rate on its installment  notes
and its line of credit from the bank's prime rate (8.5% at December 31, 1995) to
LIBOR plus 1.5%. The Company has the option to select a LIBOR interest period of
either  30, 60, or 90 days. At December 31, 1995, the Company had long-term debt
of $1,625,000 outstanding under  a LIBOR rate agreement  at an interest rate  of
7.43%.
 
    The aggregate maturities for long-term debt and related-party debt (note 11)
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             RELATED
  YEAR     LONG-TERM DEBT     PARTY         TOTAL
<S>        <C>             <C>           <C>
  1996      $    550,363    $  317,413   $    867,776
  1997           505,729            --        505,729
  1998           354,000            --        354,000
  1999           275,000            --        275,000
           --------------  ------------  ------------
            $  1,685,092    $  317,413   $  2,002,505
           --------------  ------------  ------------
           --------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Under  its most  restrictive credit agreements,  the Company  is required to
maintain tangible net worth, debt-to-equity and cash flow ratios.
 
5.  LEASE COMMITMENTS
    The Company  leases  its  office  facilities  and  certain  equipment  under
operating lease arrangements which expire at various dates through October 2004.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
 
5.  LEASE COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)
    Rent  expense  for the  years ended  December  31, 1993,  1994 and  1995 was
$1,050,950, $1,251,420 and $2,631,720,  respectively. The future minimum  annual
lease payments under noncancelable long-term leases are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31     AMOUNT
<S>                      <C>
         1996            $    932,381
         1997                 956,796
         1998                 943,896
         1999                 961,411
         2000                 861,633
      Thereafter            3,301,382
                         ------------
                         $  7,957,499
                         ------------
                         ------------
</TABLE>
 
6.  INCOME TAXES
    The  Company's business was previously owned  and operated by LP; therefore,
federal income tax liabilities were  the responsibility of the partners.  Income
taxes  are comprised of certain  state income taxes of  LP and federal and state
income taxes of the  Company. The pro forma  income tax adjustments included  in
the statements of earnings represent federal and the additional state income tax
expense  that  would  have  been  required  had  the  Company  operated  as  a C
corporation for all periods presented.
 
    The tax effects  of temporary  differences that  give rise  to deferred  tax
assets and liabilities at December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts................................  $  39,280
  Accrued liabilities............................................    112,070
                                                                   ---------
Total deferred tax assets........................................    151,350
Deferred tax liability --
  Property and equipment.........................................   (101,350)
                                                                   ---------
Net deferred tax asset...........................................  $  50,000
                                                                   ---------
                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
7.  EXECUTIVE STOCK PLAN
    The  Company's Executive Stock Plan (the  "Plan") is used to reward selected
executives for future services.  Under the Plan,  executives are awarded  common
stock  that vests over a specified period. In the event employment is terminated
prior to  vesting, the  executive will  not be  entitled to  receive the  common
stock.  Executive stock expense reported in  the statements of earnings amounted
to $116,701, $29,168 and $241,668 in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
8.  EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
    The Company sponsors an Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") which  covers
substantially  all employees over the  age of 21 who  have completed one year of
service. Annual  ESOP contributions  are  determined at  the discretion  of  the
Company's  Board  of  Directors.  Plan participants  become  fully  vested after
completing four years of service. ESOP contributions reported in the  statements
of  earnings amounted to  $175,000 and $137,411 in  1993 and 1994, respectively.
There were no  contributions in  1995. The ESOP  held 255,802  shares of  common
stock at December 31, 1994 and 1995.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
 
9.  401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN
    The  Company's 401(k) plan covers all employees who have reached 21 years of
age. Participants may contribute up to  12% of their eligible compensation.  The
Company  matches participant contributions  as defined within  the plan. Company
contributions amounted to $87,337, $92,100 and $183,857 in 1993, 1994 and  1995,
respectively.
 
10. STOCK OPTIONS
    In  1995,  the  Company adopted  a  stock  option plan  under  which certain
employees may be granted  the right to  purchase shares of  common stock at  the
fair  market value on the date of grant.  Stock options may be exercised only to
the extent they  have vested  in accordance  with provisions  determined by  the
Board of Directors.
 
    During  1995,  stock options  were granted  to  purchase 880,856  and 30,000
shares of the  Company's common  stock at exercise  prices of  $6.49 and  $3.29,
respectively.  At December 31, 1995, all of the options granted were outstanding
and options  to  purchase 90,080  shares  of  the Company's  common  stock  were
exercisable.
 
11. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    Notes receivable from a stockholder bear interest at 2% below the prime rate
and  are  due on  demand. Additionally,  notes  receivable from  executives bear
interest at the prime rate and are due on various dates through August 1998.
 
    Unsecured notes payable to a stockholder bear interest at 10% and are due on
December 31, 1996.
 
12. REVENUES FROM SIGNIFICANT CLIENTS
    In 1993  and  1995,  one  client accounted  for  approximately  10%  of  the
Company's total revenues.
 
13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    During  February 1996, the notes receivable -- stockholder and notes payable
- -- stockholder (note 11) were repaid.
 
    The Company's Board of Directors approved a 4 for 1 split of common stock in
the form of a stock dividend effective  April 3, 1996. All common share and  per
share  amounts  have been  adjusted retroactively  to give  effect to  the stock
split. Additionally, on  April 3, 1996,  the Company filed  an Amendment to  its
Certificate  of Incorporation effecting an increase  in the number of authorized
shares of  common  stock  to  15,000,000 and  authorizing  3,000,000  shares  of
preferred  stock. The  authorized numbers of  shares have been  adjusted to give
effect to these increases.
 
    In connection with the Company's initial public offering, 239,019 shares  of
Redeemable  Preferred  Stock will  be converted  into  956,074 shares  of common
stock.
 
    A portion of the proceeds of  the Company's initial public offering will  be
used to retire two promissory notes totaling $1,666,500.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
 
13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED)
                  PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
                         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                             STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
    The following unaudited pro forma condensed statements of earnings represent
the  historical  results of  operations  of the  Company  for 1995,  adjusted to
reflect the application  of the  net proceeds  of the  Company's initial  public
offering  to repay  certain indebtedness  resulting in  a reduction  in interest
expense as  if such  transaction had  occurred at  the beginning  of the  period
presented.  The pro  forma condensed  statement of  earnings is  not necessarily
indicative of what the Company's statement of earnings would have been had  such
transaction occurred at the beginning of the year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SUPPLEMENTARY
                                                                        AS REPORTED   ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
<S>                                                                     <C>           <C>          <C>
Revenues..............................................................  $     49,822                $     49,822
Cost of services......................................................        30,392                      30,392
                                                                        ------------               --------------
  Gross profit........................................................        19,430                      19,430
Costs and expenses....................................................        17,717                      17,717
Operating income......................................................         1,713                       1,713
Other income (expense)................................................            17   $     153(1)           170
                                                                        ------------  -----------  --------------
Income before taxes...................................................         1,730         153           1,883
Income taxes..........................................................           (50)                        (50)
                                                                        ------------  -----------  --------------
Net income............................................................  $      1,780   $     153    $      1,933
Pro forma adjustment to provision for income taxes....................           666          61(2)           727
                                                                        ------------  -----------  --------------
Pro forma net income..................................................         1,114          92           1,206
                                                                        ------------  -----------  --------------
                                                                        ------------  -----------  --------------
Pro forma net income per share........................................  $       0.16               $        0.17
                                                                        ------------               --------------
                                                                        ------------               --------------
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding......     7,064,886                   7,176,882
                                                                        ------------               --------------
                                                                        ------------               --------------
</TABLE>
 
                     NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
(1)  This adjustment shows the effect on interest expense for the year as if two
    promissory  notes totaling $1,666,500 that will  be repaid with the proceeds
    of the Company's initial public offering were repaid at the beginning of the
    year.
 
(2)   This adjustment  reflects the  pro forma  effect of  income taxes  on  the
    increase in income assuming a pro forma effective tax rate of 40%.
 
 See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       JUNE 30,
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,     1996
                                                                                            1995      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................................................   $4,083,178   2$6,101,651
  Short-term investments..............................................................           --    7,006,924
  Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $100,000 and
   $211,533 in 1995 and 1996, respectively............................................    8,785,240   14,099,238
  Other receivables...................................................................       63,060      138,892
  Prepaid expenses and other..........................................................      481,831    1,106,444
  Notes and interest receivable -- stockholder........................................      326,356           --
  Notes and interest receivable -- executives.........................................      106,355       69,756
  Deferred income taxes...............................................................       50,000       50,000
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
    Total current assets..............................................................   13,896,020   48,572,905
Property and equipment, at cost:
  Office furniture and equipment......................................................    2,497,413    3,608,268
  Computer equipment and software.....................................................    2,019,435    3,146,737
  Automobiles.........................................................................      107,735       60,612
  Leasehold improvements..............................................................      147,039      445,442
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
                                                                                          4,771,622    7,261,059
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......................................   (1,574,292)  (1,984,184)
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
Net property and equipment............................................................    3,197,330    5,276,875
Notes receivable -- executives........................................................       51,500      163,367
Other.................................................................................       84,117      139,147
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
    Total assets......................................................................   $17,228,967  5$4,152,294
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
                                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Current maturities of long-term debt................................................   $  550,363    $      --
  Notes payable -- stockholder........................................................      317,413           --
  Accounts payable....................................................................    1,264,048      446,888
  Accrued compensation and related costs..............................................    5,843,859    6,587,362
  Income taxes payable................................................................           --      112,608
  Other accrued liabilities...........................................................      542,541      637,069
  Distributions payable...............................................................      860,646           --
  Other current liabilities...........................................................      321,375      139,751
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
    Total current liabilities.........................................................    9,700,245    7,923,678
Long-term debt, less current maturities...............................................    1,134,729           --
Deferred rent.........................................................................      538,934      704,973
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
    Total liabilities.................................................................   11,373,908    8,628,651
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, 10%, $.001 par value; 239,019 shares
 authorized, issued and outstanding (redemption value $5,683,334).....................    5,583,843           --
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 3,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and
   outstanding........................................................................           --           --
  Common stock, $.001 par value; 15,000,000 authorized, 5,371,372 and 8,959,210 shares
   issued in 1995 and 1996, respectively..............................................        5,371        8,959
  Additional paid-in capital..........................................................      289,943   43,757,131
  Retained earnings...................................................................           --    1,794,688
  Deferred compensation...............................................................           --      (13,037)
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
                                                                                            295,314   45,547,741
  Common stock held in treasury, at cost, 7,698 shares in 1995 and 1996...............      (24,098)     (24,098)
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity........................................................      271,216   45,523,643
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity......................................   $17,228,967  5$4,152,294
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
           See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
 
                             STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                                         1995(UNAUDITED)1996
<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>
Revenues...........................................................................  $  21,411,930  $  38,862,750
Cost of services...................................................................     13,130,040     23,361,980
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
  Gross profit.....................................................................      8,281,890     15,500,770
Costs and expenses:
  Selling..........................................................................      1,104,320      1,709,540
  Recruiting.......................................................................      1,014,320      1,607,030
  General and administrative.......................................................      5,258,774      9,645,222
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
    Total costs and expenses.......................................................      7,377,414     12,961,792
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
Operating income...................................................................        904,476      2,538,978
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense.................................................................       (102,780)       (47,400)
  Interest income..................................................................         17,400        268,720
  Other, net.......................................................................        (13,390)        83,080
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
    Total other income (expense)...................................................        (98,770)       304,400
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
Income before income taxes.........................................................        805,706      2,843,378
Income taxes.......................................................................             --      1,098,690
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
Net income.........................................................................  $     805,706  $   1,744,688
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
                                                                                     -------------  -------------
Net income per share...............................................................                 $        0.22
                                                                                                    -------------
                                                                                                    -------------
Shares used in computing net income per share......................................                     7,805,738
                                                                                                    -------------
                                                                                                    -------------
Pro forma income data:
  Net income as reported...........................................................  $     805,706
  Pro forma adjustment to provision for income taxes...............................        301,701
                                                                                     -------------
  Pro forma net income.............................................................  $     504,005
                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                     -------------
  Pro forma net income per share...................................................  $        0.07
                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                     -------------
  Shares used in computing pro forma net income per share..........................      7,148,917
                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                     -------------
</TABLE>
 
           See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                                          1995(UNAUDITED)1996
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income........................................................................  $     805,706  $   1,744,688
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization...................................................        227,178        488,975
    Gain on disposition of property and equipment...................................             --        (12,607)
    Executive stock expense.........................................................        180,656         29,213
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Receivables...................................................................     (2,040,749)    (5,389,830)
      Prepaid expenses and other....................................................         91,252       (624,613)
      Notes receivable..............................................................        (14,704)       251,088
      Other assets..................................................................        (75,300)       (55,030)
      Accounts payable..............................................................       (438,532)      (817,160)
      Accrued compensation and related costs........................................        986,643        816,420
      Income taxes payable..........................................................             --        112,608
      Other accrued liabilities.....................................................       (327,273)        94,528
      Deferred rent.................................................................        158,481        166,039
      Other current liabilities.....................................................         99,200       (181,624)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Net cash used in operating activities...............................................       (347,442)    (3,377,305)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of short-term investments................................................             --     (7,006,924)
  Purchase of property and equipment................................................       (567,807)    (2,597,172)
  Proceeds from disposition of property and equipment...............................             --         43,122
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Net cash used in investing activities...............................................       (567,807)    (9,560,974)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of bank debt...............................................        500,000         48,775
  Payments on bank debt.............................................................       (239,457)    (1,733,867)
  Payments on related party debt....................................................             --       (317,413)
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs.....................             --     37,819,903
  Purchase of common stock..........................................................        (19,868)            --
  Partnership capital distributions.................................................        (81,022)      (860,646)
  Checks issued in excess of bank balance...........................................        755,596             --
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Net cash provided by financing activities...........................................        915,249     34,956,752
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents...........................................             --     22,018,473
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period....................................             --      4,083,178
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..........................................  $          --  $  26,101,651
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
  Interest paid.....................................................................  $     110,087  $      58,181
  Income taxes paid.................................................................             --        986,082
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
  Issuance of common stock to executives............................................        100,000        102,130
</TABLE>
 
           See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
 
                    NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                             JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1995
 
1.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION
    The  accompanying unaudited  interim financial  statements of Whittman-Hart,
Inc. (the "Company") have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange  Commission and should be  read in conjunction  with
the Company's audited financial statements and notes thereto set forth elsewhere
herein.  The information furnished herein includes all adjustments which are, in
the opinion of  management, necessary  for a  fair presentation  of results  for
these  interim  periods, and  all  such adjustments  are  of a  normal recurring
nature.
 
    The results of operations  for the six  months ended June  30, 1996 are  not
necessarily  indicative  of  the results  to  be  expected for  the  year ending
December 31, 1996.
 
2.  CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
    Cash equivalents are  comprised of  certain highly  liquid investments  with
maturities  of less  than three months.  Short-term investments  consist of debt
securities with maturities beyond three months but less than twelve months.  The
short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale under the provisions
of  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity  Securities." Accordingly, these investments  are
stated at fair value.
 
3.  COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME AND PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER SHARE
    Net  income and pro forma net income  per common and common equivalent share
are computed  based on  the weighted  average of  common and  common  equivalent
shares  (redeemable convertible  preferred stock and  stock options) outstanding
during the period.
 
    Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No.
83, common  and  common  equivalent  shares  issued  during  the  twelve  months
immediately preceding the initial public offering date (using the treasury stock
method  and the initial public  offering price per share)  have been included in
the calculation  of  common  and  common  equivalent  shares  as  if  they  were
outstanding for all periods presented.
 
4.  INCOME TAXES
    Prior to December 31, 1995, the Company's business was owned and operated by
Whittman-Hart,  L.P.,  a Delaware  limited  partnership, therefore,  federal and
certain state income tax  liabilities were the  responsibility of the  partners.
The  pro forma tax adjustment for the  six months ended June 30, 1995 represents
federal and additional state  income tax expense that  would have been  required
had the Company operated as a C corporation during that period.
 
5.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
    The  Company's Board  of Directors approved  a 4  for 1 split  of the common
stock in the form of a stock dividend effective April 3, 1996. All common  share
and  per share amounts  have been adjusted  retroactively to give  effect to the
stock split. Additionally, on April 3,  1996, the Company filed an Amendment  to
its  Certificate  of  Incorporation  effecting  an  increase  in  the  number of
authorized shares of common stock to 15,000,000 and authorizing 3,000,000 shares
of preferred stock. The authorized numbers of shares have been adjusted to  give
effect to these increases.
 
    On  May 8,  1996, the  Company completed an  initial public  offering of its
common stock in which  2,600,000 shares were sold  by the Company, resulting  in
net  proceeds of approximately $37.8 million.  In connection with such offering,
239,019 shares of  redeemable convertible  preferred stock  were converted  into
956,074  shares of common stock. All accrued and unpaid dividends related to the
redeemable convertible  preferred stock  were canceled  upon the  conversion  to
common stock.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                              WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
 
              NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1995
 
6.  STOCK OPTIONS
    In  1995,  the  Company adopted  a  stock  option plan  under  which certain
employees may be granted  the right to  purchase shares of  common stock at  the
fair  market value on the date of grant.  Stock options may be exercised only to
the extent they  have vested  in accordance  with provisions  determined by  the
Board of Directors. In addition, the Company has from time to time granted stock
options  outside of the stock option plan. Stock option transactions for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            SHARES        PRICE
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>
Outstanding on December 31, 1995.........................    910,856  $3.29 -  6.49
Granted..................................................     24,260   4.63 - 36.00
Canceled.................................................    (23,822)      6.49
                                                           ---------  --------------
Outstanding on June 30, 1996.............................    911,294  $3.29 - 36.00
                                                           ---------  --------------
                                                           ---------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
    Options to  purchase  99,439  shares  of the  Company's  common  stock  were
exercisable at June 30, 1996.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN  THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS  AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT
BE RELIED UPON  AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED BY  THE COMPANY, ANY  OF THE  SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS  OR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN  OFFER TO BUY THE SHARES BY ANYONE IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED, OR IN WHICH
THE PERSON MAKING THE OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO, OR TO ANY
PERSON TO WHOM IT IS  UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER  THE
DELIVERY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE HEREUNDER  SHALL  CREATE ANY
IMPLICATION THAT THE  INFORMATION CONTAINED  HEREIN IS  CORRECT AS  OF ANY  TIME
SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
 
                                ----------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           3
Risk Factors...................................           5
The Company....................................           9
Use of Proceeds................................           9
Price Range of Common Stock....................          10
Dividend Policy................................          10
Capitalization.................................          10
Selected Financial Data........................          11
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...................................          12
Business.......................................          18
Management.....................................          31
Principal and Selling Stockholders.............          37
Certain Transactions...........................          38
Description of Capital Stock...................          39
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................          41
Underwriting...................................          42
Legal Matters..................................          43
Experts........................................          43
Additional Information.........................          43
Index to Financial Statements..................         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                1,800,000 SHARES
 
 S
                                                             WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                     -------------------------------------
 
                              P R O S P E C T U S
 
                     -------------------------------------
 
 DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
           SECURITIES CORPORATION
 
                             VOLPE, WELTY & COMPANY
 
                                        , 1996
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    Set  forth  below is  an  estimate of  the  approximate amount  of  fees and
expenses (other  than underwriting  commissions and  discounts) payable  by  the
Company  in connection  with the issuance  and distribution of  the Common Stock
pursuant to the Prospectus contained in this Registration Statement.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee...............  $  21,235
NASD filing fee...................................................      6,658
Nasdaq National Market additional listing fee.....................     17,500
Accountants' fees and expenses....................................     55,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses........................................     20,000
Legal fees and expenses...........................................     60,000
Printing expenses.................................................     75,000
Miscellaneous expenses............................................    244,607
                                                                    ---------
  Total...........................................................  $ 500,000
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    The Company, being  incorporated under  the General Corporation  Law of  the
State of Delaware (the "DGCL"), is empowered by Section 145 of the DGCL, subject
to  the  procedures  and limitations  stated  therein, to  indemnify  any person
against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts  paid
in  settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with
any threatened, pending or  completed action, suit or  proceeding to which  such
person  is made a party or  threatened to be made a  party by reason of the fact
that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the  Company,
or  is or  was serving  at the request  of the  Company as  a director, officer,
employee or agent of another  corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust  or
other  enterprise.  Section 145  provides that  indemnification pursuant  to its
provisions is not exclusive of other rights of indemnification to which a person
may  be  entitled  under  any   by-law,  agreement,  vote  of  stockholders   or
disinterested directors or otherwise.
 
    The  Company's Certificate  of Incorporation and  By-Laws contain provisions
that require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers to the  fullest
extent permitted by Delaware law.
 
    Article  Eighth of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation eliminates, to
the fullest extent permitted by paragraph  (7) of subsection (b) of Section  102
of  the DGCL, as the  same may be amended  or supplemented, or any corresponding
provision of  the DGCL,  the  personal liability  of directors.  That  paragraph
allows  corporations  incorporated  under  the DGCL  to  eliminate  the personal
liability of a  director to  the corporation  or its  stockholders for  monetary
damages  for a breach of  fiduciary duty as a  director. However, that paragraph
does not allow corporations to  limit the liability of  a director: (i) for  any
breach  of his or  her duty of  loyalty to the  corporation or its stockholders;
(ii) for  acts  or omission  not  in good  faith  or which  involve  intentional
misconduct  or a  knowing violations  of law;  (iii) for  unlawful payment  of a
dividend or unlawful stock purchase or  redemption; or (iv) for any  transaction
for which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
    The Company maintains liability insurance for its directors and officers.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    Set  forth below is  information as to  securities of the  Company issued or
sold by  the Company  since July  1, 1993  that were  not registered  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). No underwriters were
involved, and there were no underwriting discounts or commissions. The following
information reflects a 4 for 1 stock  split of all outstanding shares of  Common
Stock.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    Since  July 1,  1993, a total  of 325,064  shares of Common  Stock have been
issued to nine employees  of the Company, the  consideration for which was  past
employment services to the Company. All such issuances were made pursuant to the
exemptions from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/
or Rule 701 thereunder.
 
    Since  July 1,  1993, a total  of 255,802  shares of Common  Stock have been
issued to the Company's Employee Stock  Ownership Plan. All such issuances  were
made pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act.
 
    On  August 29,  1995, 239,019 preferred  equity units  in Whittman-Hart L.P.
("LP") were issued  to PVP-WH Corporation  and F-WH Corporation.  Both of  these
persons  were  accredited  investors  and all  issuances  were  pursuant  to the
exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
    On December 31, 1995, in connection with the Reorganization as described  in
the Registration Statement, 3,340,683 shares of Common Stock of the Company were
issued  to Whittman-Hart, Ltd.  ("Limited") in exchange for  the transfer to the
Company of common equity units of LP formerly held by Limited, 239,019 shares of
Preferred Stock  of the  Company  were issued  to  PVP-WH Corporation  and  F-WH
Corporation  in exchange  for the  transfer to  the Company  of preferred equity
units of LP formerly held  by those two investors  and 573,283 shares of  Common
Stock  of  the Company  were issued  to Robert  F. Bernard  in exchange  for the
transfer to  the Company  of common  equity units  of LP  formerly held  by  Mr.
Bernard.  All of these persons were  accredited investors and all issuances were
pursuant to the  exemption from  registration provided  by Section  4(2) of  the
Securities Act.
 
    On  May  2, 1996,  956,074  shares of  Common  Stock were  issued  to PVP-WH
Corporation and F-WH  Corporation in  exchange for 239,019  shares of  Preferred
Stock pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(9) of
the Securities Act.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
 
    (a) Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                              DESCRIPTION
<C>          <S>
        .11  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
       2.1   Unit Contribution Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 among Robert Bernard,
              F-WH Corporation, PVP-WH Corporation, Whittman-Hart General Partner, Ltd. and Whittman-Hart, Inc.*
       3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.*
       3.2   Second Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company.*
       4.1   Specimen stock certificate representing Common Stock.*
       5.1   Opinion of Sachnoff & Weaver, Ltd.
      10.1   Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Robert F. Bernard effective as of June 15,
              1995.*
      10.2   Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Edward V. Szofer effective as of June 15,
              1995.*
      10.3   Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Kevin M. Gaskey effective as of June 15,
              1995.*
      10.4   Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Susan B. Reardon effective as of June 15,
              1995.*
      10.5   Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Glen A. Metelmann effective as of June 15,
              1995.*
      10.6   Form of Employment Agreement (Manager).*
      10.7   Form of Employment Agreement (Consultant).*
      10.8   1995 Incentive Stock Plan dated December 29, 1995.*
      10.9   Employee Stock Purchase Plan.*
      10.10  Whittman-Hart Corporation II Employee Stock Ownership Plan.*
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                              DESCRIPTION
      10.11  Lease for 311 S. Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois.*
<C>          <S>
      10.12  Stockholders Agreement among Robert F. Bernard, Edward V. Szofer, F-WH Corporation, PVP-WH
              Corporation, Whittman-Hart General Partner, Ltd. and the Company dated December 31, 1995.*
      10.13  Registration Agreement between the Company, F-WH Corporation and PVP-WH Corporation dated as of
              December 31, 1995.*
      10.14  Form of Registration Agreement among the Company, Robert F. Bernard and Edward V. Szofer.*
      10.15  Loan and Security Agreement by and between American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago and
              Whittman-Hart L.P. dated as of August 1, 1994, as amended and related LIBOR Borrowing Agreement
              dated July 21, 1995.*
      10.16  Loan Agreement by and between American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago and the Company
              dated as of July 25, 1996.
      10.17  Promissory Note (Unsecured) by the Company dated July 25, 1996 in the amount of $5,000,000 in favor
              of American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago.
      10.18  London Interbank Offered Rate Borrowing Agreement executed by the Company and accepted by American
              National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago on July 25, 1996.
      11.1   Statement Regarding Computation of Per Share Earnings.
      23.1   Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.
      23.2   Consent of Sachnoff & Weaver, Ltd. (contained in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
      24.1   Powers of Attorney (included as part of signature page).
      27.1   Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
* Incorporated herein by reference to Whittman-Hart, Inc. Registration Statement
  on  Form S-1 (No. 333-1778), which was declared effective by the Commission on
  May 2, 1996.
 
    (b) Financial Statement Schedule:
        Report of Independent Auditors
        Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
    All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the
related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The Company hereby undertakes:
 
        (1)  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under  the
    Securities  Act  of  1933  may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and
    controlling persons of the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions,  or
    otherwise,  the  Company  has  been  advised  that  in  the  opinion  of the
    Securities and Exchange  Commission such indemnification  is against  public
    policy  as expressed  in the  Act and  is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the
    event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other  than
    the  payment by  the Company  of expenses  incurred or  paid by  a director,
    officer or controlling person  of the Company in  the successful defense  of
    any  action, suit  or proceeding) is  asserted by such  director, officer or
    controlling person in connection with  the securities being registered,  the
    Company  will, unless  in the  opinion of  its counsel  the matter  had been
    settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to  a  court  of   appropriate
    jurisdiction  the  question whether  such indemnification  by it  is against
    public policy as  expressed in the  Act and  will be governed  by the  final
    adjudication of such issue.
 
        (2)  For purposes of determining any  liability under the Securities Act
    of 1933, the information omitted from  the form of Prospectus filed as  part
    of this Registration Statement in reliance upon
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
    Rule  430A  and contained  in  a form  of  Prospectus filed  by  the Company
    pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)  of 497(h) under the Securities Act  shall
    be  deemed to be part  of this Registration Statement as  of the time it was
    declared effective.
 
        (3) For the purpose  of determining any  liability under the  Securities
    Act  of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a  form  of
    prospectus shall be deemed  to be a new  registration statement relating  to
    the  securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Company has
duly caused  this Registration  Statement to  be  signed on  its behalf  by  the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Chicago, Illinois on August 5, 1996.
 
                                          WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
 
                                          By:        /s/ ROBERT F. BERNARD
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                      Robert F. Bernard
                                                PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE
                                                           OFFICER
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT EACH PERSON WHOSE SIGNATURE APPEARS
BELOW  CONSTITUTES AND APPOINTS ROBERT F. BERNARD  AND KEVIN M. GASKEY, AND EACH
OF THEM SINGLY, AS  HIS TRUE AND LAWFUL  ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT AND AGENTS WITH  FULL
POWER  OF SUBSTITUTION AND  RESUBSTITUTION, FOR HIM  AND IN HIS  NAME, PLACE AND
STEAD, IN  ANY AND  ALL  CAPACITIES TO  SIGN  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  FILED
HEREWITH  AND ANY  OR ALL AMENDMENTS  TO SAID  REGISTRATION STATEMENT (INCLUDING
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENTS  AND REGISTRATION  STATEMENTS FILED  PURSUANT TO  RULE
462(B) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND ANY OR ALL AMENDMENTS THERETO), AND
TO  FILE THE SAME, WITH ALL EXHIBITS  THERETO, AND OTHER DOCUMENTS IN CONNECTION
THEREWITH, WITH  THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  GRANTING  UNTO  SAID
ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT AND AGENTS THE FULL POWER AND AUTHORITY TO DO AND PERFORM EACH
AND  EVERY ACT  AND THING REQUISITE  AND NECESSARY TO  BE DONE IN  AND ABOUT THE
FOREGOING, AS  FULL TO  ALL INTENTS  AND PURPOSES  AS HE  MIGHT OR  COULD DO  IN
PERSON,  HEREBY  RATIFYING AND  CONFIRMING ALL  THAT SAID  ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT AND
AGENTS OR ANY OF THEM, OR HIS OR HER SUBSTITUTE, MAY LAWFULLY DO OR CAUSE TO  BE
DONE BY VIRTUE HEREOF.
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities indicated on this 5th day of August, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                                   TITLE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------
 
<C>                                                     <S>
                /s/ ROBERT F. BERNARD
     -------------------------------------------        President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the
                  Robert F. Bernard                      Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)
 
                 /s/ KEVIN M. GASKEY
     -------------------------------------------        Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal
                   Kevin M. Gaskey                       Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
                 /s/ EDWARD V. SZOFER
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   Edward V. Szofer
 
                 /s/ PAUL D. CARBERY
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   Paul D. Carbery
 
                 /s/ ROBERT F. STEEL
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   Robert F. Steel
 
                 /s/ LARRY P. ROCHES
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   Larry P. Roches
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            SEQUENTIAL
EXHIBIT NO.                                           DESCRIPTION                                            PAGE NO.
<C>          <S>                                                                                            <C>
        .11  Form of Underwriting Agreement...............................................................
       5.1   Opinion of Sachnoff & Weaver, Ltd............................................................
      10.16  Loan Agreement by and between American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago and the
              Company dated as of July 25, 1996...........................................................
      10.17  Promissory Note (Unsecured) by the Company dated July 25, 1996 in the amount of $5,000,000 in
              favor of American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago................................
      10.18  London Interbank Offered Rate Borrowing Agreement executed by the Company and accepted by
              American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago on July 25, 1996........................
      11.1   Statement Regarding Computation of Per Share Earnings........................................
      23.1   Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.............................................................
      23.2   Consent of Sachnoff & Weaver, Ltd. (contained in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
      24.1   Powers of Attorney (included as part of signature page).
      27.1   Financial Data Schedule. ....................................................................
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                 1,800,000 Shares(1)

                                 WHITTMAN-HART, INC.

                                     Common Stock

                                UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT



                                            August __, 1996


DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
  SECURITIES CORPORATION
VOLPE, WELTY & COMPANY
  As representatives of the several underwriters
    named in Schedule I hereto
  c/o Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette 
     Securities Corporation
     277 Park Avenue
     New York, New York  10172

Gentlemen & Ladies:

    WHITTMAN-HART, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), and the 
Selling Stockholders named on Schedule II hereto (collectively, the "SELLING 
STOCKHOLDERS") severally, and not jointly, propose to sell an aggregate of 
1,800,000 shares of the Company's common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 
of the Company (the "FIRM SHARES"), to the several underwriters named in 
Schedule I hereto (the "UNDERWRITERS").  The Firm Shares consist of 1,035,000 
shares to be issued and sold by the Company and 765,000 shares to be sold by 
the Selling Stockholders. The Selling Stockholders designated in Schedule II 
hereto also propose to sell to the several Underwriters not more than 270,000 
additional shares of the Company's common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 
of the Company (the "OPTION SHARES"), if and to the extent requested by the 
Underwriters as provided in Section 2 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Option 
Shares are herein collectively called the "SHARES." The shares of common 
stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales 
contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the "COMMON STOCK."  The 
Company and the Selling Stockholders are hereinafter collectively called the 
"SELLERS."

- --------------------
     (1)     Plus an option to purchase up to 270,000 additional shares from 
certain of the Selling Stockholders to cover over-allotments.

<PAGE>

         1.   REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND PROSPECTUS.  The Company has prepared
and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION") in
accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively called the
"ACT"), a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-_____) including a
prospectus relating to the Shares, which may be amended in accordance herewith. 
The term "REGISTRATION STATEMENT" as used in this Agreement shall mean such
registration statement, including all exhibits thereto, all financial statements
therein, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all information
omitted therefrom in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the Prospectus
referred to below, in the form in which it became effective, and, in the event
of any amendment thereto after the effective date of such registration statement
(herein called the "EFFECTIVE DATE"), shall also mean (from and after the
effectiveness of such amendment) such registration statement as so amended.  The
term "PROSPECTUS" as used in this Agreement shall mean the prospectus, including
the documents incorporated by reference therein, relating to the Shares first
filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A (or if no such
filing is required, as included in the Registration Statement) and, in the event
of any supplement or amendment to such prospectus after the Effective Date,
shall also mean (from and after the filing of such supplement with the
Commission or of the effectiveness of such amendment) such prospectus as so
supplemented or amended.  The term "PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS" as used in this
Agreement shall mean each preliminary prospectus included in such registration
statement prior to the time it becomes effective.

         2.   AGREEMENTS TO SELL AND PURCHASE; OTHER COVENANTS.

         (a)  Firm Shares.  On the basis of the representations and warranties
    contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, (i)
    the Company agrees to issue and sell 1,035,000 Firm Shares, (ii) each 
    Selling Stockholders agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell the number 
    of Firm Shares set opposite such Selling Stockholder's name in Schedule II 
    hereto, and (iii) each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to 
    purchase from each Seller at a price per share of $_____ (the "PURCHASE 
    PRICE") the number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate
    fractional shares as you may determine) which bears the same proportion to 
    the total number of Firm Shares to be sold by such Seller as the number of 
    Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I 
    bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

         (b)  Option Shares.  On the basis of the representations and
    warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to the terms and
    conditions herein, (i) each Selling Stockholder designated in Schedule II
    hereto agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell the number of Options
    Shares set forth opposite such Selling Stockholder's name in Schedule II
    hereto, and (ii) the Underwriters shall have the right, but not the
    obligation, to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to an aggregate of
    270,000 Option Shares from such Selling Stockholders at the Purchase Price.
    Option Shares may be purchased solely for the purpose of covering over-
    allotments made in connection with


                                          2

<PAGE>

    the offering of the Firm Shares.  The Underwriters may exercise their right
    to purchase Option Shares in whole or in part from time to time by giving
    written notice thereof to the Company and Robert F. Bernard or Kevin M.
    Gaskey, the attorneys-in-fact for the Selling Stockholders (the
    "ATTORNEYS"), within 30 days after the date of this Agreement.  You shall
    give any such notice on behalf of the Underwriters and such notice shall
    specify the aggregate number of Option Shares to be purchased pursuant to
    such exercise and the date for payment and delivery thereof. The date
    specified in any such notice shall be a business day (i) no earlier than
    the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), (ii) no later than ten business
    days after such notice has been given and (iii) no earlier than two
    business days after such notice has been given.  The number of Option
    Shares which the Underwriters elect to purchase shall be provided by the
    Selling Stockholders designated in Schedule II hereto in proportion to the
    respective maximum numbers of Option Shares which such Selling Stockholders
    have agreed to sell.  If any Option Shares are to be purchased, each 
    Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from each 
    Selling Stockholder the number of Option Shares (subject to such 
    adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) which
    bears the same proportion to the total number of Option Shares to be
    purchased from such Selling Stockholder as the number of Firm Shares set 
    forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I bears to the 
    total number of Firm Shares.

         (c)  Lock-Up.  The Company agrees, and each Selling Stockholder
    agrees, severally and not jointly and solely with respect to his, her or
    itself and his, her or its Shares, and the Company shall, concurrently with
    the execution of this Agreement, deliver an agreement (a "LOCK-UP
    AGREEMENT") executed by each of the directors and officers of the Company
    who is not a Selling Stockholder, pursuant to which each such person agrees
    not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase,
    or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock or any securities convertible into
    or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or in any other manner
    transfer all or any portion of the economic consequences associated with
    the ownership of such Common Stock, except to the Underwriters pursuant to
    this Agreement, for a period commencing no later than the date of the
    Prospectus and ending October 29, 1996 (the "LOCK-UP PERIOD"), without the
    prior written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
    Corporation ("DLJ"); provided, however, that no director or officer who
    executed and delivered to you a Lock-Up Agreement in connection with the
    Company's initial public offering shall be required to execute a Lock-Up
    Agreement pursuant to this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
    during the Lock-Up Period (i) the Company may grant stock options pursuant
    to its Incentive Stock Plan (as such term is defined in the Prospectus);
    provided that any such options granted pursuant to such Plan shall not by
    their terms be exercisable during the Lock-Up Period, (ii) the Company may
    issue shares of its Common Stock upon the exercise of options outstanding
    on May 2, 1996, and (iii) any person signing an agreement pursuant to this
    section 2(c) shall be permitted to transfer shares of Common Stock by gift
    to any person who signs and delivers to you an agreement to hold such
    transferred Common Stock on the same terms during the remainder of the
    Lock-Up Period.


                                          3

<PAGE>

         3.   TERMS OF PUBLIC OFFERING.  The Sellers are advised by you that
the Underwriters propose (i) to make a public offering of their respective
portions of the Shares as soon after the Effective Date of the Registration
Statement as in your judgment is advisable and (ii) initially to offer the
Shares upon the terms set forth in the Prospectus. 

         4.   DELIVERY AND PAYMENT.  Delivery to the Underwriters of and
payment for the Firm Shares shall be made at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on
August __, 1996 (the "CLOSING DATE"), at the offices of Sachnoff & Weaver, Ltd.,
30 South Wacker Drive, Suite 2900, Chicago, Illinois.  The Closing Date and the
location of delivery of and the form of payment for the Firm Shares may be
varied by agreement between you and the Sellers. 

         Delivery to the Underwriters of and payment for any Option Shares to
be purchased by the Underwriters shall be made at the offices of Sachnoff &
Weaver, Ltd., 30 South Wacker Drive, Suite 2900, Chicago, Illinois at 10:00
A.M., New York City time, on the date specified in the applicable exercise
notice given by you pursuant to Section 2 (an "OPTION CLOSING DATE").  Any such
Option Closing Date and the location of delivery of and the form of payment for
such Option Shares may be varied by agreement between you and the Sellers.

         Payment for the Shares purchased from the Company shall be made to the
Company or its order, and payment for the Shares purchased from the Selling
Stockholders shall be made to the Custodian (as defined herein), for the account
of the Selling Stockholders, in each case in same day funds. Such payment shall
be made against delivery of certificates for the Shares to you for the
respective accounts of the several Underwriters as set forth below, against
receipt therefor signed by you.  Certificates for the Shares shall be registered
in such names and issued in such denominations as you shall request in writing
not later than two full business days prior to the Closing Date or an Option
Closing Date, as the case may be.  Such certificates shall be made available to
you for inspection not later than 9:30 A.M., New York City time, on the business
day next preceding the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may
be.  Certificates in definitive form evidencing the Shares shall be delivered to
you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, with any
transfer taxes thereon duly paid by the respective Sellers, for the respective
accounts of the several Underwriters, against payment of the Purchase Price
therefor by certified or official bank checks payable in same day funds to the
order of the Custodian for the account of the applicable Sellers.

         5.   AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY.  The Company agrees with you:

         (a)  To use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to
    become effective at the earliest possible time. 

         (b)  To advise you promptly and, if requested by you, to confirm such
    advice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective
    and when any post-effective amendment to it becomes effective, (ii) of any
    request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or
    amendments or supplements to the


                                          4

<PAGE>

    Prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of the issuance by the
    Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
    Registration Statement (a "STOP ORDER") or the initiation of any proceeding
    for such purpose, (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification
    with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer
    or sale in any jurisdiction, or with respect to the initiation of any
    proceeding for such purposes, and (v) of the happening of any event during
    the period referred to in paragraph (e) below which makes any statement of
    a material fact made in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus untrue
    or which requires the making of any additions to or changes in the
    Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements
    therein not misleading.  If at any time the Commission shall issue a Stop
    Order, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain the
    withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time. 

         (c)  To furnish to you, without charge, three signed copies of the
    Registration Statement as first filed with the Commission and of each
    amendment to it, including all exhibits, and to furnish to you and each
    Underwriter designated by you such number of conformed copies of the
    Registration Statement as so filed and of each amendment to it, without
    exhibits, as you may reasonably request. 

         (d)  Not to file any amendment or supplement to the Registration
    Statement, whether before or after the time when it becomes effective, or
    to make any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus of which you shall
    not previously have been advised or to which you shall reasonably object;
    and to prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon your reasonable
    request, any amendment to the Registration Statement or supplement to the
    Prospectus which may be necessary or advisable in connection with the
    distribution of the Shares by you, and to use its best efforts to cause the
    same to become promptly effective. 

         (e)  Promptly after the Registration Statement becomes effective, and
    from time to time thereafter for such period as in the opinion of counsel
    for the Underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in
    connection with sales by an Underwriter or a dealer, to furnish to each
    Underwriter and dealer as many copies of the Prospectus (and of any
    amendment or supplement to the Prospectus) as such Underwriter or dealer
    may reasonably request; provided, however, that delivery of copies of the
    Prospectus (as amended or supplemented and including any incorporated
    documents) more than six months after the date of this Agreement shall be
    at the expense of the Underwriter requesting such delivery.

         (f)  If during the period specified, and subject to the proviso in
    paragraph (e), any event shall occur as a result of which, in the opinion
    of counsel for the Company and counsel for the Underwriters it becomes
    necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the
    statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus
    is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if it is necessary to amend
    or supplement the Prospectus to comply with any law, forthwith to prepare
    and file with


                                          5

<PAGE>

    the Commission an appropriate amendment or supplement to the Prospectus so
    that the statements in the Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented, will
    not in the light of the circumstances when it is so delivered, be
    misleading, or so that the Prospectus will comply with law, and to furnish
    to each Underwriter and to such dealers as you shall specify, such number
    of copies thereof as such Underwriter or dealers may reasonably request.  

         (g)  Prior to any public offering of the Shares, to cooperate with you
    and counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the registration or
    qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under the state securities
    or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you may request, to continue such
    qualification in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares
    and to file such consents to service of process or other documents as may
    be necessary in order to effect such registration or qualification;
    provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify as a
    foreign corporation or file a general consent to service of process in any
    jurisdiction.  

         (h)  To mail and make generally available to its stockholders not
    later than the 45th day following the end of the fifth fiscal quarter
    occurring after the Effective Date an earnings statement in accordance with
    Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 thereunder, and to advise you in
    writing when such statement has been so made available. 

         (i)  During the period of five years after the date of this Agreement,
    (i) to mail as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each fiscal
    year to the record holders of its Common Stock a financial report of the
    Company, and its subsidiaries, if any, on a consolidated basis (and a
    similar financial report of all unconsolidated subsidiaries, if any), all
    such financial reports to include a consolidated balance sheet, a
    consolidated statement of operations, a consolidated statement of cash
    flows and a consolidated statement of stockholders' equity as of the end of
    and for such fiscal year, together with comparable information as of the
    end of and for the preceding year, certified by independent certified
    public accountants, and (ii) to mail and make generally available as soon
    as practicable after the end of each quarterly period (except for the last
    quarterly period of each fiscal year) to such holders, a consolidated
    balance sheet, a consolidated statement of operations and a consolidated
    statement of cash flows (and similar financial reports of all
    unconsolidated subsidiaries, if any) as of the end of and for such period,
    and for the period from the beginning of such year to the close of such
    quarterly period, together with comparable information for the
    corresponding periods of the preceding year. 

         (j)  During the period referred to in paragraph (i), to furnish to you
    as soon as available a copy of each report or other publicly available
    information of the Company mailed to the holders of Common Stock or filed
    with the Commission and such other publicly available information
    concerning the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as you may reasonably
    request.



                                          6

<PAGE>

         (k)  To pay all costs, expenses, fees and taxes incident to (i) the
    preparation, printing, filing and distribution under the Act of the
    Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits), each
    Preliminary Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to any of them
    prior to or during the period and subject to the proviso  specified in
    paragraph (e), (ii) the printing and delivery of the Prospectus and all
    amendments or supplements to it during the period specified in paragraph
    (e), (iii) the printing and delivery of this Agreement, the Preliminary and
    Supplemental Blue Sky Memoranda and all other agreements, memoranda,
    correspondence and other documents printed and delivered in connection with
    the offering of the Shares (including in each case any disbursements of
    counsel for the Underwriters relating to such printing and delivery), (iv)
    the registration or qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under
    the securities or Blue Sky laws of the several states (including in each
    case the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters
    relating to such registration or qualification and memoranda relating
    thereto), (v) filings and clearance with the National Association of
    Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") in connection with the offering
    (including the disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters relating to
    such filing and clearance), (vi) the listing of the Shares on the Nasdaq
    National Market, (vii) furnishing such copies of the Registration
    Statement, the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements thereto as may
    be requested for use in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares
    by the Underwriters or by dealers to whom Shares may be sold and (viii) the
    performance by the Sellers of their other obligations under this Agreement.
    It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section
    8 entitled "Indemnity and Contribution" and the third paragraph of Section
    12 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses,
    including fees and disbursements of their counsel, their travel and
    entertainment expenses, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of
    the Shares by them, any advertising expenses connected with any offers they
    may make, including, but not limited to, the "tombstone" advertisement and
    expenses associated with the preparation of prospectus memorabilia. 

         (l)  To use its best efforts to maintain the inclusion of the Common
    Stock on the  Nasdaq National Market (or on a national securities exchange)
    for a period of five years after the effective date of the Registration
    Statement. 

         (m)  To use its best efforts to do and perform all things required or
    necessary to be done and performed under this Agreement by the Company
    prior to the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date, as the case may be,
    and to satisfy all conditions precedent to the delivery of the Shares. 

         6.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY. The Company
represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

         (a)  The Registration Statement has become effective; no Stop Order is
    in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or
    threatened by the Commission. 


                                          7

<PAGE>

         (b)  (i)  Each part of the Registration Statement, when such part
    became effective, did not contain and each such part, as amended or
    supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a
    material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated
    therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii)
    the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or
    supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the
    Act and (iii) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or
    supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a
    material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
    statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
    made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set
    forth in this paragraph (b) do not apply to statements or omissions in the
    Registration Statement or the Prospectus based upon information relating to
    any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter
    through you expressly for use therein. 

         (c)  Each Preliminary Prospectus filed as part of the Registration
    Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed
    pursuant to Rule 424 under the Act, complied when so filed in all material
    respects with the Act and did not contain an untrue statement of a material
    fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
    necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
    under which they were made, not misleading, except that this representation
    and warranty does not apply to statements or omissions in such Preliminary
    Prospectus based upon information relating to any underwriter furnished to
    the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use
    therein.

         (d)  The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a
    corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
    incorporation and has the corporate power and authority to carry on its
    business as it is currently being conducted and to own, lease and operate
    its properties, and is duly qualified and is in good standing as a foreign
    corporation authorized to do business in each jurisdiction in which the
    nature of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires
    such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not
    have a material adverse effect on the business, prospects, results of
    operations or financial condition of the Company (a "MATERIAL ADVERSE
    EFFECT").

         (e)  The Company does not have any subsidiaries.  Except as disclosed
    in the Prospectus, the Company does not own shares of stock or interests in
    any other corporation, association or organization.

         (f)  All the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company
    (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders) have been
    duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and
    not subject to any preemptive or similar rights; and the Shares to be
    issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized and,
    when issued and delivered to the Underwriters against payment therefor


                                          8

<PAGE>

    as provided by this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and
    non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any
    preemptive or similar rights. 

         (g)  The authorized capital stock of the Company, including the Common
    Stock, conforms as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in
    the Prospectus. 

         (h)  The Company is not in violation of its charter or by-laws, and
    the Company and its "PREDECESSORS" (which for purposes of this Agreement
    shall mean Whittman-Hart L.P. and Whittman-Hart, Ltd.) are not in default
    in the performance of any obligation, agreement or condition contained in
    any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness or in any other
    agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company or any of its
    Predecessors is a party or by which it or any of its Predecessors or their
    respective property is bound, which default could have a Material Adverse
    Effect.

         (i)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered
    by the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of the Company,
    enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (A) as rights to indemnity
    and contribution may be limited by applicable laws and considerations of
    public policy, (B) as may be limited by the effects of applicable
    bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium and other
    similar laws affecting rights and remedies of creditors generally, and (C)
    as may be limited by the effects of general principles of equity
    (including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness,
    good faith and fair dealing), whether applied by a court of law or equity.
    The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, compliance by
    the Company with all the provisions hereof and the consummation of the
    transactions contemplated hereby will not require any consent, approval,
    authorization or other order of, or filing with, any court, regulatory
    body, administrative agency or other governmental body (except as such may
    be required under the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states)
    and will not conflict with or constitute a breach of any of the terms or
    provisions of, or a default under, (x) the charter or by-laws of the
    Company or (y) any agreement, indenture or other instrument to which it is
    a party or by which it or its properties are bound, or violate or conflict
    with (z) any laws, administrative regulations or rulings or court decrees 
    applicable to the Company or its property, except in the cases of (y) and
    (z) such conflicts, breaches, defaults, violations or conflicts which could
    not have a Material Adverse Effect.

         (j)  Except as otherwise set forth in the Prospectus, there are no
    material legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or
    its Predecessors is a party or of which any of their respective properties
    are subject and, to the best of the Company's knowledge, no such
    proceedings are threatened or contemplated.  No contract or document of a
    character required to be described in the Registration Statement or the
    Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement is
    not so described or filed as required. 


                                          9

<PAGE>

         (k)  Neither the Company nor its Predecessors has violated any
    foreign, federal, state or local law or regulation relating to the
    protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or
    toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants ("ENVIRONMENTAL
    LAWS"), nor to the best of the Company's knowledge, any federal or state
    law relating to discrimination in the hiring, promotion or pay of employees
    nor any applicable federal or state wages and hours laws, nor any
    provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or the rules and
    regulations promulgated thereunder, which in each case might result in any
    Material Adverse Effect.

         (l)  The Company has such permits, licenses, franchises and
    authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities ("PERMITS"), if
    any, including, without limitation, under any applicable Environmental
    Laws, as are necessary in all material respects, to own, lease and operate
    its respective properties and to conduct its business; the Company has
    fulfilled and performed all of its material obligations with respect to
    such Permits and no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or
    lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in
    any other material impairment of the rights of the holder of any such
    Permit; and, except as described in the Prospectus, such Permits contain no
    restrictions that are materially burdensome to the Company.

         (m)  Except as otherwise set forth in the Prospectus or such as are
    not material to the business, prospects, financial condition or results of
    operations of the Company, the Company has good title to all property and
    assets described in the Registration Statement as being owned by it, free
    and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances and restrictions, except liens
    for taxes not yet due and payable.  All leases to which the Company is a
    party are valid and binding upon the Company and, to the best of the
    Company's knowledge, upon the respective lessors thereunder and no default
    has occurred or is continuing thereunder on the part of the Company and, to
    the best of the Company's knowledge, on the part of the respective lessors,
    which might result in any Material Adverse Effect, and the Company enjoys
    peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such leases to which any of
    them is a party as lessee with such exceptions as do not materially
    interfere with the use made by the Company.

         (n)  The Company maintains the insurance set forth in the Certificate
    of Insurance dated __________, 1996 previously furnished to you.

         (o)  KPMG Peat Marwick LLP are independent public accountants with
    respect to the Company as required by the Act.

         (p)  The Company owns or possesses adequate rights with respect to the
    use of all trade secrets, know-how, proprietary techniques, including
    processes and substances, trademarks, service marks, trade names and
    copyrights (collectively, "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY") described or referred to
    in the Prospectus as owned or used by it, or which are necessary for the
    conduct of its business as described in the Prospectus, other than
    Intellectual Property the lack of which would not reasonably be expected to
    result in a


                                          10

<PAGE>

    Material Adverse Effect, and no such rights as are material to the business
    and prospects of the Company expire or are subject to termination at the
    election of another party without cause or the Company's consent at a time
    or under circumstances which would have a Material Adverse Effect.  The
    Company has not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with
    asserted rights of others with respect to any patents, patent rights,
    inventions, trade secrets, know-how, proprietary techniques, including
    processes and substances, trademarks, service marks, trade names or
    copyrights which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an
    unfavorable ruling or filing, would reasonably be expected to result in a
    Material Adverse Effect.

         (q)  The Company is not involved in any labor dispute which, either
    individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in
    a Material Adverse Effect, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, is any
    such dispute threatened.

         (r)  The Company's outstanding Common Stock is registered pursuant to
    Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act and is listed on the Nasdaq National
    Market.

         (s)  The Company has filed all federal, state, local and foreign
    income and other tax returns which have been required to be filed (or have
    obtained any required extensions in connection therewith); all such returns
    are complete, accurate and correct in all material respects and the Company
    and its Predecessors have paid all taxes indicated by said returns and all
    assessments received by any of them to the extent that such taxes have
    become due and are not being contested in good faith.

         (t)  The financial statements, together with related schedules and
    notes, forming part of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and
    any amendment or supplement thereto), present fairly the consolidated
    financial position, results of operations and changes in financial position
    of the Company and its Predecessors on the basis stated in the Registration
    Statement at the respective dates or for the respective periods to which
    they apply; such statements and related schedules and notes have been
    prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
    consistently applied throughout the periods involved, except as otherwise
    disclosed therein; and the other financial and statistical information and
    data set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and any
    amendment or supplement thereto) is, in all material respects, accurately
    presented and prepared on a basis consistent with such financial statements
    and the books and records of the Company.

         (u)  The Company is not an "investment company" or a company
    "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the
    Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 

         (v)  Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, no holder of any security
    of the Company has any right to require registration of shares of Common
    Stock or any other security of the Company.


                                          11

<PAGE>

         (w)  There are no outstanding subscriptions, rights, warrants,
    options, calls, convertible securities, commitments of sale or liens
    related to or entitling any person to purchase or otherwise to acquire any
    shares of the capital stock of, or other ownership interest in, the Company
    except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement.

         (x)  Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no business
    relationships or related party transactions required to be disclosed
    therein by Item 404 of Regulation S-K of the Commission.

         (y)  Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company has not paid
    any dividends to any holders of the capital stock of the Company.

         (z)  The Company has complied with all provisions of Section 517.075,
    Florida Statutes (Chapter 92-198, Laws of Florida). 

         (aa) To the best of the Company's knowledge, no officer, director or
    five percent stockholder of the Company has an "association" or
    "affiliation" with any member of the NASD, within the meaning of Article
    III, Section 44 of the Rules of Fair Practice of the NASD.

         (bb) The reorganization contemplated by the Unit Contribution
    Agreement dated December 28, 1995 (the "CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT"), among
    Robert Bernard, F-WH Corporation, a Delaware corporation, PVP-WH
    Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Whittman-Hart General Partner, Ltd., a
    Delaware corporation, and the Company has been duly and validly consummated
    and has become effective under applicable law. No consent, approval,
    authorization or order of any government or governmental agency which had
    jurisdiction over any of the parties to the Contribution Agreement or over
    their respective properties was required for the execution and delivery of
    the Contribution Agreement and the consummation of the transactions
    contemplated thereby, except for such consents, approvals, authorizations
    or orders as have been duly and timely received or obtained. The
    performance of the Contribution Agreement and the consummation of the
    transactions therein contemplated did not result in a breach or violation
    of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under,
    (i) any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness, indenture,
    mortgage, deed of trust or loan agreement, or under any material lease,
    contract, joint venture or other agreement, in each case to the best of the
    Company's knowledge, to which any of the parties to the Contribution
    Agreement was a party or by which any of such parties or their respective
    properties were bound, (ii) the charter or by-laws of any of the parties to
    the Contribution Agreement, or (iii) any law or, to the best of the
    Company's knowledge, order of any court which had jurisdiction over any of
    the parties to the Contribution Agreement or over their respective
    properties.

         7.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS.  Each
Selling Stockholder severally represents, warrants and, with respect to
paragraph 7(i) below, covenants


                                          12

<PAGE>

and agrees, in each case solely with respect to him, her or itself and his, her
or its Shares, to and with each Underwriter that:

         (a)  Such Selling Stockholder is the lawful owner of the Shares to be
    sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement and has, and on
    the Closing Date (and Option Closing Date, if applicable) will have, good
    and clear title to such Shares, free of all restrictions on transfer,
    liens, encumbrances, security interests and claims whatsoever. 

         (b)  Upon delivery of and payment for the Shares to be sold by such
    Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, good and clear title to
    such Shares will pass to the Underwriters, free of all restrictions on
    transfer, liens, encumbrances, security interests and claims whatsoever. 

         (c)  Such Selling Stockholder has, and on the Closing Date will have,
    full legal right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the
    Custody Agreement between such Selling Stockholder and Harris Trust &
    Savings Bank, as Custodian (the "CUSTODY AGREEMENT") and to sell, assign,
    transfer and deliver such Shares in the manner provided herein and therein,
    and this Agreement and the Custody Agreement, have been duly authorized,
    executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and each
    of this Agreement and the Custody Agreement is a valid and binding
    agreement of such Selling Stockholder enforceable in accordance with its
    terms, except (A) as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by
    applicable laws and considerations of public policy, (B) as may be limited
    by the effects of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
    receivership, moratorium and other similar laws affecting rights and
    remedies of creditors generally, and (C) as may be limited by the effects
    of general principles of equity (including, without limitation, concepts of
    materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing), whether applied
    by a court of law or equity. 

         (d)  The power of attorney signed by such Selling Stockholder
    appointing the Attorneys, or either one of them, as such Selling
    Stockholder's attorneys-in-fact to the extent set forth therein with regard
    to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement
    and the Custody Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered
    by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and is a valid and binding
    instrument of such Selling Stockholder enforceable in accordance with its
    terms, except (A) as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by
    applicable laws and considerations of public policy, (B) as may be limited
    by the effects of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
    receivership, moratorium and other similar laws affecting rights and
    remedies of creditors generally, and (C) as may be limited by the effects
    of general principles of equity (including, without limitation, concepts of
    materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing), whether applied
    by a court of law or equity, and, pursuant to such power of attorney, such
    Selling Stockholder has authorized the Attorneys, or either one of them, to
    execute and deliver on his behalf this


                                          13

<PAGE>

    Agreement and any other document necessary or desirable in connection with
    transactions contemplated hereby and to deliver the Shares to be sold by
    such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement. 

         (e)  Such Selling Stockholder has not taken, and will not take,
    directly or indirectly, any action designed to, or which might reasonably
    be expected to, cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the
    price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of
    the Shares pursuant to the distribution contemplated by this Agreement, and
    other than as permitted by the Act, the Selling Stockholder has not
    distributed and will not distribute any prospectus or other offering
    material in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares. 

         (f)  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such
    Selling Stockholder, compliance by such Selling Stockholder with all the
    provisions hereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
    hereby will not require any consent, approval, authorization or other order
    of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
    body (except as such may be required under the Act, state securities laws
    or Blue Sky laws) and will not conflict with or constitute a breach of any
    of the terms or provisions of, or a default under, (x) organizational
    documents of such Selling Stockholder, if not an individual, or (y) any
    agreement, indenture or other instrument to which such Selling Stockholder
    is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder or property of such Selling
    Stockholder is bound, or violate or conflict with (z)  any law,
    administrative regulation or ruling or court decree applicable to such
    Selling Stockholder or property of such Selling Stockholder, except in the
    cases of (y) and (z), conflicts, breaches, defaults, or violations which
    would not have a Material Adverse Effect on such Selling Stockholder or
    his, her or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. 

         (g)  Certificates in negotiable form for the Shares to be sold by such
    Selling Stockholder have been placed in custody under the Custody Agreement
    with Harris Trust & Savings Bank (the "CUSTODIAN") for delivery under this
    Agreement.  Such Selling Stockholder specifically agrees that the Shares
    represented by the certificates so held in custody for such Selling
    Stockholder are subject to the interests of the several Underwriters and
    the Company, that the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for
    such custody, including the power of attorney referenced in such Custody
    Agreement, are to that extent irrevocable, and that the obligations of such
    Selling Stockholder shall not be terminated by any act of such Selling
    Stockholder or by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of
    such Selling Stockholder (or, in the case of a Selling Stockholder that is
    not an individual, the dissolution or liquidation of such Selling
    Stockholder) or the occurrence of any other event; if any such death,
    incapacity, dissolution, liquidation or other such event should occur
    before the delivery of such Shares hereunder, certificates for such Shares
    shall be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and
    conditions of this Agreement as if such death, incapacity, dissolution,
    liquidation or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether the


                                          14

<PAGE>

    Custodian shall have received notice of such death, incapacity,
    dissolution, liquidation or other event.

         (h)  Such information in the Registration Statement under the caption
    "Principal and Selling Stockholders" which specifically relates to such
    Selling Stockholder does not, and will not on the Closing Date (and any
    Option Closing Date, if applicable), contain any untrue statement of a
    material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated
    therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of
    circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 

         (i)  If, at any time during the period described in paragraph 5(e)
    hereof, there is any change in the information referred to in paragraph
    7(h) above with respect to such Selling Stockholder, such Selling
    Stockholder will immediately notify you and the Company of such change. 

         8.   INDEMNIFICATION.  (a) The Company and each Selling Stockholder,
jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and
each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section
15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "EXCHANGE ACT"), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages,
liabilities and judgments ("LOSSES"), joint or several, to which such
indemnified parties or any of them may become subject under the Act, the
Exchange Act, state securities laws, common law or otherwise, and the Company
and the Selling Stockholders jointly and severally agree to reimburse each such
Underwriter and controlling person for any legal or other expenses (including,
except as otherwise hereinafter provided, reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel) incurred by the respective indemnified parties in connection with
defending against any such Losses or in connection with any investigation or
inquiry of, or other proceeding which may be brought against, the respective
indemnified parties, in each case arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in or
incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement (including the
Prospectus as part thereof) or any post-effective amendment thereto, or the
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or
(ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained or incorporated by reference into any Preliminary Prospectus or the
Prospectus (as amended or as supplemented if the Company shall have filed with
the Commission any amendment thereof or supplement thereto) or the omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading; provided, however, that (1) the indemnity agreements of the
Company and the Selling Stockholders contained in this paragraph (a) shall not
apply with respect to any statement or omission if such statement or omission
was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter for use in any
Preliminary Prospectus or the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any
such amendment thereof or supplement thereto; (2) the indemnity agreements of
the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained in this Section 8(a) and the
contribution provided for in Section 8(d), with respect to any Preliminary
Prospectus or


                                          15

<PAGE>

the Prospectus, shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter or controlling
person of such Underwriter from whom the person asserting any Losses purchased
the Shares which are the subject thereof, if at or prior to the written
confirmation of the sale of such Shares a copy of the most recent Prospectus (or
the Prospectus as most recently amended or supplemented) was not sent or
delivered to such person and the untrue statement or omission of a material fact
was corrected in such Prospectus (or Prospectus as amended or supplemented),
unless such failure was the result of noncompliance by the Company with Section
5(e) hereof; (3) the aggregate liability of any Selling Stockholder pursuant to
the provisions of this paragraph (a) and paragraph (d) below shall be limited to
an amount equal to the aggregate price at which the Shares sold by such Selling
Stockholder hereunder were offered to the public; and (4) the indemnity
agreements of the Selling Stockholders (other than Robert F. Bernard, Edward V.
Szofer and Kevin M. Gaskey) contained in this paragraph (a) shall apply solely
with respect to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity
with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such
Selling Stockholder. 

         (b)  In case any action shall be brought against any Underwriter or
any person controlling such Underwriter, based upon any Preliminary Prospectus,
the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
thereto and with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company or
the Selling Stockholders, such Underwriter shall promptly notify the Company and
the Selling Stockholders, as appropriate, in writing and the Company and the
Selling Stockholders shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment
of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and payment of all
reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  Any Underwriter or any such
controlling person shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such
action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such
counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter or such controlling person
unless (i) the employment of such counsel has been specifically authorized in
writing by the Company and the Selling Stockholders, (ii) the Company and the
Selling Stockholders shall have failed to assume the defense and employ counsel
or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties)
include both such Underwriter or such controlling person and the Company or any
Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, and such Underwriter or such
controlling person shall have been advised by such counsel that there may be one
or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to
those available to the Company or the Selling Stockholders, as the case may be
(in which case the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not have the right
to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such Underwriter or such
controlling person, it being understood, however, that the Company and the
Selling Stockholders shall not, in connection with any one such action or
separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction
arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the
fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to
any local counsel) for all such Underwriters and controlling persons, which firm
shall be designated in writing by Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation and that all such reasonable fees and expenses shall be reimbursed
as they are incurred).  A Seller shall not be liable for any settlement of any
such action effected without the written consent of such Seller but if settled
with the written consent of such Seller, such Seller agrees to indemnify and
hold harmless any


                                          16

<PAGE>

Underwriter and any such controlling person from and against any loss or
liability as provided by such settlement.  Notwithstanding the immediately
preceding sentence, if in any case where the fees and expenses of counsel are at
the expense of the indemnifying party and an indemnified party shall have
requested the indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for such
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel as incurred, such indemnifying party
agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any action effected without
its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than thirty
business days after the receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid
request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall have failed to reimburse the
indemnified party in accordance with such request for reimbursement prior to the
date of such settlement.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written
consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or
threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have
been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified
party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such
indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of
such proceeding. 

         (c)  Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify
and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the
Registration Statement, any person controlling the Company within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, each Selling
Stockholder and each person, if any, controlling such Selling Stockholder within
the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the
same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Sellers to each Underwriter but
only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished in
writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the
Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any Preliminary Prospectus.  In case
any action shall be brought against the Company, any of its directors, any such
officer or any person controlling the Company or any Selling Stockholder or any
person controlling such Selling Stockholder based on the Registration Statement,
the Prospectus or any Preliminary Prospectus and in respect of which indemnity
may be sought against any Underwriter, the Underwriter shall have the rights and
duties given to the Sellers and the Company, its directors, any such officers
and any person controlling the Company and the Selling Stockholders and any
person controlling such Selling Stockholders shall have the rights and duties
given to the Underwriter, in each case by Section 8(b) hereof, MUTATIS MUTANDIS.

         (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is
unavailable to an indemnified party in respect of any Losses referred to
therein, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified
party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party
as a result of such Losses, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
the relative benefits received by the Sellers on the one hand and the
Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the
allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits
referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Sellers and
the Underwriters in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted
in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The
relative benefits received by the Sellers and the Underwriters shall be deemed
to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from


                                          17

<PAGE>

the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Sellers, and the total
underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, bear to the
total price to the public of the Shares, in each case as set forth in the table
on the cover page of the Prospectus.  The relative fault of the Sellers and the
Underwriters shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether
the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to
state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the
Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission. 

         The Sellers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and
equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by pro
rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such
purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the
equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. 
The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses
referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include,
subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating
or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this
Section 8, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess
of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it
and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of
any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason
of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No
person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section
11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters' obligations to
contribute pursuant to this Section 8(d) are several in proportion to the
respective number of Shares purchased by each of the Underwriters hereunder and
not joint. 

         (e)  Each Seller hereby designates Whittman-Hart, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, 311 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3500, Chicago, Illinois 60606-6618,
as its authorized agent, upon which process may be served in any action, suit or
proceeding which may be instituted in any state or federal court in the State of
New York by any Underwriter or person controlling an Underwriter asserting a
claim for indemnification or contribution under or pursuant to this Section 8,
and each Seller will accept the jurisdiction of such court in such action, and
waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any defense based
upon lack of personal jurisdiction or venue.  A copy of any such process shall
be sent or given to such Seller, at the address for notices specified in Section
13 hereof. 

         9.   CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS.  The several obligations
of the Underwriters to purchase the Firm Shares under this Agreement are subject
to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:


                                          18

<PAGE>

         (a)  All the representations and warranties of the Company contained
    in this Agreement shall be true and correct on the Closing Date with the
    same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date. 

         (b)  The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later
    than 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the date of this Agreement or at
    such later date and time as you may approve in writing, and at the Closing
    Date no Stop Order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
    Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall
    have been commenced or shall be pending before or contemplated by the
    Commission. 

         (c)(i)  Since the date of the latest balance sheet included in the
    Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there shall not have been any
    material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective
    material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in
    the earnings, affairs or business prospects, whether or not arising in the
    ordinary course of business, of the Company, (ii) since the date of the
    latest balance sheet included in the Registration Statement and the
    Prospectus, there shall not have been any change, or any development
    involving a prospective material adverse change, in the capital stock or in
    the long-term debt of the Company from that set forth in the Registration
    Statement and Prospectus, (iii) the Company and its Predecessors shall have
    no liability or obligation, direct or contingent, which is material to the
    Company other than those reflected in the Registration Statement and the
    Prospectus and (iv) on the Closing Date you shall have received a
    certificate dated the Closing Date, signed by Robert F. Bernard and Kevin
    M. Gaskey, in their capacities as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief
    Financial Officer of the Company, confirming the matters set forth in
    paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 9. 

         (d)  All the representations and warranties of the Selling
    Stockholders contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct on the
    Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the
    Closing Date, and you shall have received a certificate to such effect,
    dated the Closing Date, from each Selling Stockholder. 

         (e)  You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion
    (satisfactory to you and counsel for the Underwriters), dated the Closing
    Date, of Sachnoff & Weaver, Ltd., Chicago, Illinois, counsel for the
    Company and the Selling Stockholders ("SACHNOFF & WEAVER"), to the effect
    that:

              (i)       the Company has been duly incorporated, is validly
         existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its
         jurisdiction of incorporation and has the corporate power and
         authority required to carry on its business as it is currently being
         conducted and to own, lease and operate its properties;

              (ii)      the Company is duly qualified and is in good standing
         as a foreign corporation authorized to do business in each
         jurisdiction in which the nature of its


                                          19

<PAGE>

         business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such
         qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not
         have a Material Adverse Effect;  

              (iii)     all the outstanding shares of Common Stock (including
         the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders) have been duly
         authorized and validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and
         not subject to any preemptive or similar rights;

              (iv) the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder
         have been duly authorized, and when issued and delivered to the
         Underwriters against payment therefor as provided by this Agreement,
         will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and
         non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares is not subject to any
         preemptive or similar rights;

              (v)  this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
         delivered by the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders and is a
         valid and binding agreement of the Company and each Selling
         Stockholder enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (A) as
         rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by applicable laws
         and considerations of public policy, (B) as may be limited by the
         effects of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
         receivership, moratorium and other similar laws affecting rights and
         remedies of creditors generally, and (C) as may be limited by the
         effects of general principles of equity (including, without
         limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and
         fair dealing), whether applied by a court of law or equity;

              (vi) the authorized capital stock of the Company, including the
         Common Stock, conforms as to legal matters to the description thereof
         contained in the Prospectus;

              (vii)     the Registration Statement has become effective under
         the Act, no Stop Order suspending its effectiveness has been issued
         and no proceedings for that purpose are, to the knowledge of such
         counsel, pending before or contemplated by the Commission;

              (viii)    the statements under the caption "Description of
         Capital Stock" in the Prospectus and Items 14 and 15 of Part II of the
         Registration Statement, insofar as such statements constitute a
         summary of legal matters, documents or proceedings referred to
         therein, fairly present the information called for with respect to
         such legal matters, documents and proceedings;

              (ix)      the Company is not in violation of its charter or
         by-laws and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, the Company is
         not in default in the performance of any obligation, agreement or
         condition contained in any bond, debenture, note or any other evidence
         of indebtedness or in any other agreement, indenture or


                                          20

<PAGE>

         instrument material to the conduct of the business of the Company, to
         which the Company is a party or by which it or its property is bound;

              (x)       the execution, delivery and performance of this
         Agreement by the Company and each Selling Stockholder, compliance by
         the Company and each Selling Stockholder with all the provisions
         hereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
         will not require any consent, approval, authorization or other order
         of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other
         governmental body (except as such may be required under the Act or
         other securities or Blue Sky laws) and will not conflict with or
         constitute a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or a default
         under, the charter or by-laws of the Company or the organizational
         documents of any Selling Stockholder that is not an individual or, to
         the best of such counsel's knowledge, any material agreement,
         indenture or other instrument to which the Company or any Selling
         Stockholder is a party or by which the Company or any Selling
         Stockholder or their respective properties are bound, or violate or
         conflict with any laws, administrative regulations or, to the best of
         such counsel's knowledge, rulings or court decrees applicable to the
         Company or any Selling Stockholder or their respective properties;

              (xi)      to the best of such counsel's knowledge, there are no
         legal or governmental proceeding pending or threatened to which the
         Company or any of its Predecessors is a party or to which any of their
         respective property is subject which is required to be described in
         the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and is not so described,
         nor to the best of such counsel's knowledge, is there any contract or
         other document which is required to be described in the Registration
         Statement or the Prospectus or is required to be filed as an exhibit
         to the Registration Statement which is not described or filed as
         required;

              (xii)     the Company has such permits, licenses, franchises and
         authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities, including,
         without limitation, under any applicable Environmental Laws, as are
         necessary to own, lease and operate its respective properties and to
         conduct its business in all material respects in the manner described
         in the Prospectus;

              (xiii)    the Company is not an "investment company" or a company
         "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the
         Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

              (xiv)     to the best of such counsel's knowledge, except as
         indicated in the Prospectus, no holder of any security of the Company
         has any right to require registration of shares of Common Stock or any
         other security of the Company;

              (xv)      the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any
         supplement or amendment thereto (except for financial statements and
         notes thereto, supporting


                                          21

<PAGE>

         schedules and other financial information included therein, as to
         which no opinion need be expressed) comply as to form in all material
         respects with the Act;

              (xvi)     the Custody Agreement has been duly authorized,
         executed and delivered by each Selling Stockholder and is a valid and
         binding agreement of such Selling Stockholder enforceable in
         accordance with its terms' except (A) as rights to indemnity and
         contribution may be limited by applicable laws and considerations of
         public policy, (B) as may be limited by the effects of applicable
         bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium and
         other similar laws affecting rights and remedies of creditors
         generally, and (C) as may be limited by the effects of general
         principles of equity (including, without limitation, concepts of
         materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing), whether
         applied by a court of law or equity;

              (xvii)    each Selling Stockholder has full legal right, power
         and authority, and any approval required by law (other than any
         approval imposed by the applicable state securities and Blue Sky laws)
         to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such
         Selling Stockholder in the manner provided in this Agreement and the
         Custody Agreement;

              (xviii)   delivery of the Shares to be sold by each Selling
         Stockholder to the Underwriters against payment therefor as provided
         in this Agreement will pass title to such Shares free and clear of any
         adverse claim, assuming that each Underwriter purchases the Shares in
         good faith without notice of any adverse claim; 

              (xix)     the power of attorney signed by each Selling
         Stockholder appointing the Attorneys, or either of them, as his
         attorneys-in-fact to the extent set forth therein with regard to the
         transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement has
         been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such
         Selling Stockholder and is a valid and binding instrument of such
         Selling Stockholder enforceable in accordance with its terms, except
         (A) as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by
         applicable laws and considerations of public policy, (B) as may be
         limited by the effects of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
         reorganization, receivership, moratorium and other similar laws
         affecting rights and remedies of creditors generally, and (C) as may
         be limited by the effects of general principles of equity (including,
         without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good
         faith and fair dealing), whether applied by a court of law or equity,
         and pursuant to such power of attorney, each of the Selling
         Stockholders has authorized the Attorneys, or either of them, to
         execute and deliver on their behalf this Agreement and any other
         document necessary or desirable in connection with transactions
         contemplated hereby and to deliver the Shares to be sold by such
         Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement;


                                          22

<PAGE>

              (xx) to the best of such counsel's knowledge, all leases to which
         the Company is a party are valid and binding upon the Company, except
         (A) as may be limited by the effects of applicable bankruptcy,
         insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium and other similar
         laws affecting rights and remedies of creditors generally, and (B) as
         may be limited by the effects of general principles of equity
         (including, without limitation, concepts of materiality,
         reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing), whether applied by a
         court of law or equity, and no default on the part of the Company has
         occurred or is continuing thereunder, which might result in any
         material adverse change in the business, financial condition or
         results of operations of the Company, and the Company presently enjoys
         peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such leases to which it
         is a party as lessee with such exceptions as do not materially
         interfere with the use made by the Company; and

              (xxi)     the reorganization contemplated by the Contribution
         Agreement has been duly and validly consummated and has become
         effective under applicable law; no consent, approval, authorization or
         order of any government or governmental agency which had jurisdiction
         over any of the parties to the Contribution Agreement or over their
         respective properties was required for the execution and delivery of
         the Contribution Agreement and the consummation of the transactions
         contemplated thereby, except for such consents, approvals,
         authorizations or orders as have been duly and timely received or
         obtained; and the performance of the Contribution Agreement and the
         consummation of the transactions therein contemplated did not result
         in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or
         constitute a default under, (i) any bond, debenture, note or other
         evidence of indebtedness, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or loan
         agreement, or any material lease, contract, joint venture or other
         agreement, in each case to the best of such counsel's knowledge, to
         which any of the parties to the Contribution Agreement was a party or
         by which any of such parties or their respective properties were
         bound, (ii) the charter or by-laws of any of the parties to the
         Contribution Agreement, or (iii) any law or, to the best of such
         counsel's knowledge, order of any court which had jurisdiction over
         any of the parties to the Contribution Agreement or over their
         respective properties.

         Such counsel shall further state that, based upon their participation
    in the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and
    any amendment or supplement thereto, and upon their review and discussions
    of the contents thereof, but without independent check or verification
    except as specified, nothing has come to their attention that has caused
    them to believe that the Registration Statement (except for financial
    statements and notes thereto and financial statement schedules included
    therein), at the time it became effective, contained an untrue statement of
    a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated
    therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that
    the Prospectus (except for financial statements and notes thereto and
    financial statement schedules included therein) or any amendment or
    supplement thereto, at the date the Registration Statement became effective
    or at the Closing Date, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or


                                          23

<PAGE>

    omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
    therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
    misleading.

         The opinion of Sachnoff & Weaver described in paragraph (e) above
    shall be rendered to you at the request of the Company and the Selling
    Stockholders and shall so state therein. In rendering such opinion,
    Sachnoff & Weaver may rely upon the opinion of McDermott, Will & Emery as
    to the matters set forth in subparagraph (xxi), and upon opinions of
    Hopkins & Sutter as to certain matters regarding certain of the Selling
    Stockholders, provided in each such case however, that Sachnoff & Weaver
    indicates that it is so relying, identifies the firm upon whose it opinion
    it is relying, indicates that it believes it is reasonable in so relying
    and provides the Underwriters with a copy of the opinion so relied upon.

         (f)  You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion, dated the
    Closing Date, of Katten Muchin & Zavis, counsel for the Underwriters, as to
    the matters referred to in clauses (iv), (v) (but only with respect to the
    Company) and (viii) (but only with respect to the statements under the
    captions "Description of Capital Stock" and "Underwriting") and (xv) of the
    foregoing paragraph (e). Said counsel shall also provide negative
    assurances regarding the contents of the Prospectus substantially similar
    to those provided by counsel to the Company.

         (g)  You shall have received from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP a letter or
    letters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you and your
    counsel addressed to the Underwriters and dated the Closing Date and any
    later date on which Option Shares are purchased, confirming that they are
    independent public accountants with respect to the Company within the
    meaning of the Act and based upon the procedures described in their letter
    delivered to you concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (herein
    called the "ORIGINAL LETTER"), but carried out to a date not more than five
    business days prior to the Closing Date or such later date on which Option
    Shares are purchased, as the case may be, (i) confirming, to the extent
    true, that the statements and conclusions set forth in the Original Letter
    are accurate as of the Closing Date or such later date, as the case may be,
    and (ii) setting forth any revisions and additions to the statements and
    conclusions set forth in the Original Letter, or their knowledge thereof,
    after the date of the Original Letter or to reflect the availability of
    more recent financial statements, data or information.  If such Original
    Letter discloses any material adverse decreases or increases, as the case
    may be, in the items specified therein which are not set forth in or
    contemplated by the Prospectus, or if the subsequent letter or letters to
    be delivered at the Closing discloses any material adverse change in the
    statements and conclusions set forth in the Original Letter, which in
    either case, in the reasonable judgment of the Underwriters, makes it
    impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the
    delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated by the
    Prospectus, this Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriters
    hereunder may be terminated by the Representatives by notifying the Company
    in the manner and with the effect provided below in Section 12 of this
    Agreement.


                                          24

<PAGE>

         (h)  The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not have failed at
    or prior to the Closing Date to perform or comply in any material respect
    with any of the agreements herein contained and required to be performed or
    complied with by the Company at or prior to the Closing Date. 

         (i)  On or prior to the Closing Date, you shall have received written
    Lock-Up Agreements in the form and from the persons contemplated by Section
    2(c) hereof.

The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase any Option Shares
hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing
Date of such documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good
standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of such Option
Shares and other matters related to the issuance of such Option Shares. 

         10.   TERMINATION.

         (a)  This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing
    Date by you by written notice to the Sellers if any of the following has
    occurred: (i) since the respective dates as of which information is given
    in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, any material adverse
    change or development involving a prospective material adverse change in
    the condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company or the earnings,
    affairs, or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in
    the ordinary course of business, which would, in your judgment, make it
    impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner
    contemplated in the Prospectus, (ii) any outbreak or escalation of
    hostilities or other national or international calamity or crisis or change
    in economic conditions or in the financial markets of the United States or
    elsewhere that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and would, in
    your judgment, make it impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and
    in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus, (iii) the suspension or
    material limitation of trading in securities on the New York Stock
    Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market or
    limitation on prices for securities on either such exchange or the Nasdaq
    National Market, (iv) the enactment, publication, decree or other
    promulgation of any federal or state statute, regulation, rule or order of
    any court or other governmental authority which in your opinion materially
    and adversely affects, or will materially and adversely affect, the
    business or operations of the Company, (v) the declaration of a banking
    moratorium by either federal or New York State authorities or (vi) the
    taking of any action by any federal, state or local government or agency in
    respect of its monetary or fiscal affairs which in your opinion has a
    material adverse effect on the financial markets in the United States. 

         (b)  If on the Closing Date or on an Option Closing Date, as the case
    may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to
    purchase the Firm Shares or Option Shares, as the case may be, which it or
    they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date and the aggregate
    number of Firm Shares or Option Shares, as the case may be, which such
    defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, as the case may be, agreed but
    failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the total
    number of Shares to be purchased on such


                                          25

<PAGE>

    date by all Underwriters, each non-defaulting Underwriter shall be
    obligated severally, in the proportion which the number of Firm Shares set
    forth opposite its name in Schedule I bears to the total number of Firm
    Shares which all the non-defaulting Underwriters, as the case may be, have
    agreed to purchase, or in such other proportion as you may specify, to
    purchase the Firm Shares or Option Shares, as the case may be, which such
    defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, as the case may be, agreed but
    failed or refused to purchase on such date; PROVIDED that in no event shall
    the number of Firm Shares or Option Shares, as the case may be, which any
    Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof be
    increased pursuant to this Section 10 by an amount in excess of one-ninth
    of such number of Firm Shares or Option Shares, as the case may be, without
    the written consent of such Underwriter.  If on the Closing Date or on an
    Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter or Underwriters
    shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares, or Option Shares, as the case
    may be, and the aggregate number of Firm Shares or Option Shares, as the
    case may be, with respect to which such default occurs is more than
    one-tenth of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date by
    all Underwriters and arrangements satisfactory to you and the applicable
    Sellers for purchase of such Shares are not made within 48 hours after such
    default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any
    non-defaulting Underwriter and the applicable Sellers. Nothing in this
    Agreement shall relieve any Underwriter so defaulting from liability
    therefor. In any such case which does not result in termination of this
    Agreement, either you or the Sellers shall have the right to postpone the
    Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but
    in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes,
    if any, in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any other
    documents or arrangements may be effected.  Any action taken under this
    paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in
    respect of any default of any such Underwriter under this Agreement. 

         11.  AGREEMENTS OF THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS.  Each Selling Stockholder
severally agrees with you and the Company:

         (a) To pay or to cause to be paid all transfer taxes with respect to
    the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder; and

         (b) To take all reasonable actions in cooperation with the Company and
    the Underwriters to cause the Registration Statement to become effective at
    the earliest possible time, to do and perform all things to be done and
    performed under this Agreement prior to the Closing Date and to satisfy all
    conditions precedent to the delivery of the Shares pursuant to this
    Agreement. 

         12.  MISCELLANEOUS.  Notices given pursuant to any provision of this
Agreement shall be addressed as follows:  (a) if to the Company, to Whittman-
Hart, Inc., 311 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3500, Chicago, Illinois 60606-6618,
(b) if to the Selling Stockholders, to the Attorneys c/o the Company, 311 South
Wacker Drive, Suite 3500, Chicago, Illinois 6060-6618 and (c) if to any
Underwriter or to you, to you c/o Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities


                                          26

<PAGE>

Corporation, 277 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10172, Attention:  Syndicate
Department, or in any case to such other address as the person to be notified
may have requested in writing. 

         The respective indemnities, contribution agreements, representations,
warranties and other covenants of the Selling Stockholders, the Company, its
officers and directors and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made
pursuant to this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect,
and will survive delivery of and payment for the Shares, regardless of (i) any
investigation, or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of
any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Sellers, the officers or directors of
the Company or any controlling person of the Sellers, (ii) acceptance of the
Shares and payment for them hereunder and (iii) termination of this Agreement. 

         If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters because of
any failure or refusal on the part of the Sellers to comply with the terms or to
fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if this Agreement is
terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof due to a default hereunder or violation
of the Act or Exchange Act by the Company, other than (in either case) by reason
of a default hereunder by any of the Underwriters, the Sellers agree to
reimburse the several Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the
fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them, which expense
reimbursement shall constitute the Underwriters' sole remedy hereunder in such
circumstances. 

         Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement has been
and is made solely for the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Sellers, the
Underwriters, any controlling persons referred to herein and their respective
successors and assigns, all as and to the extent provided in this Agreement, and
no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this
Agreement.  The term "SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS" shall not include a purchaser of
any of the Shares from any of the several Underwriters merely because of such
purchase. 

         This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the
internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its conflicts
of law principles.

         This Agreement may be signed in various counterparts which together
shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                                  *   *   *   *   *


                                          27

<PAGE>

         Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement
between the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters. 


                                  Very truly yours,

                                  WHITTMAN-HART, INC.


                                  By:
                                     -------------------------------------
                                  Title:
                                        ----------------------------------



                                  THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS NAMED
                                    IN SCHEDULE II HERETO


                                  By:
                                     -------------------------------------
                                            Attorney-in-Fact




DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
  SECURITIES CORPORATION
VOLPE, WELTY & COMPANY


Acting severally on behalf of
  themselves and the several
  Underwriters named in
  Schedule I hereto

By:  DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
         SECURITIES CORPORATION


By:
   --------------------------------
Title:
     -----------------------------


                                          28

<PAGE>

                                      SCHEDULE I


                                                                NUMBER OF
                                                                FIRM SHARES
    NAME                                                        BEING SOLD
    ----                                                        -----------
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation ............

Volpe Welty & Company ..........................................


                                                                 ---------------

    TOTAL                                                        1,800,000
                                                                  --------------
                                                                  --------------


                                          29

<PAGE>

                                     SCHEDULE II

                                 SELLING STOCKHOLDERS


                                              NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF
                                            FIRM SHARES    OPTION SHARES
NAME                                         BEING SOLD    BEING SOLD
- ----                                         ----------    -------------


                                            -----------    -------------


 Total .................................        765,000          270,000
                                            -----------    -------------
                                            -----------    -------------


<PAGE>


                                    August 5, 1996


Whittman-Hart
311 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3500
Chicago, Illinois 60606-6618

Ladies and Gentlemen:

    We have acted as counsel to Whittman-Hart, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the
"Registration Statement"), filed by the Company under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission"), relating to the sale of up to 2,070,000 shares (the "Shares") of
the Company's Common Stock, par value $.001 per share.  We have examined the
Registration Statement and the form of Underwriting Agreement filed with the
Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the "Underwriting
Agreement").  In addition, we have reviewed such other documents and have made
such further investigations as we have deemed necessary to enable us to express
the opinion hereinafter set forth.

    We hereby advise you that in our opinion the Shares have been duly
authorized by the Company and, upon payment and delivery in accordance with the
Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

    We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the caption "Legal
Matters" in the Registration Statement.  In giving this consent, we do not
hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required
under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 or the rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                            Very truly yours,
                                        
                                            /s/ Sachnoff & Weaver, Ltd.
                                            --------------------------------
                                            SACHNOFF & WEAVER, LTD.


<PAGE>

                                    LOAN AGREEMENT

    THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of the 25th day of July,
1996, by and between AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CHICAGO
("BANK"), a national banking association with its principal place of business at
33 North LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60690, and WHITMAN-HART, INC.,
("Borrower"), a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at
311 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3500, Chicago, IL 60606-6618, has reference to the
following facts and circumstances:

    Pursuant to Borrower's request, Bank heretofore, now and from time to time
hereafter, has and/or may loan or advance monies, extend credit and/or extend
other financial accommodations to or for the benefit of Borrower.

    NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth
herein and of any loan or extensions of credit heretofore, now or hereafter made
to or for the benefit of Borrower by Bank, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                               1. DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

    1.1  When used herein, the words, terms and/or phrases set forth below
shall have the following meanings:

    A.   "BORROWER'S LIABILITIES": all obligations and liabilities of Borrower
         to bank (including without limitation all debts, claims, indebtedness
         and attorneys' fees and expenses as provided for in Paragraph 6.11)
         whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise,
         including Rate Hedging Obligations (as defined in subparagraph I
         herein), heretofore, now and/or from time to time hereafter owing, due
         or payable, however evidenced, created, incurred, acquired or owing
         and however arising, whether under this Agreement or the "Other
         Agreements" (hereinafter defined) or by operation of law or otherwise.

    B.   "INDEBTEDNESS":  (i) indebtedness for borrowed money or for the
         deferred purchase price of property or services; (ii) obligations as
         lessee under leases which shall have been or should be, in accordance
         with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded as capital
         leases; (iii) obligations under direct or indirect guaranties in
         respect of, and obligations (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or
         otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in
         respect of, indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds
         referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above; and (iv) liabilities with
         respect to unfunded vested benefits under plans covered by Title IV of
         the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
         ("ERISA"), and in effect from time to time.

    C.   "OTHER AGREEMENTS":  all agreements, instruments and documents,
         including without limitation, guaranties, mortgages, deeds of trust,
         notes, pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts,
         notices, security agreements, leases,

<PAGE>

         subordination agreements, financing statements and all other written
         matter heretofore, now and/or from time to time hereafter executed by
         and/or on behalf of Borrower and delivered to Bank.

    D.   "PERSONS.": any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint
         venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation,
         limited liability company, institution, entity, party or government
         (whether national, federal, state, county, city, municipal, or
         otherwise, including without limitation, any instrumentality,
         division, agency, body or department thereof).



    E.   "RATE HEDGING OBLIGATIONS":  shall mean any and all obligations of the
         Borrower, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever
         created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals,
         extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor),
         under (i) any and all agreements designed to protect the Borrower from
         the fluctuations of interest rates, exchange rates, or forward rates
         applicable to such party's assets, liabilities or exchange
         transactions, including, but not limited to: interest rate swap
         agreements, dollar-denominated or cross-currency interest rate
         exchange agreements, forward currency exchange agreements, interest
         rate cap, floor or collar agreements, forward rate currency agreements
         or agreements relating to interest rate options, puts and warrants and
         (ii) any and all agreements relating to cancellations, buy backs,
         reversals, terminations or assignments of any of the foregoing.

    1.2  Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement or the Other Agreements,
all words, terms and/or phrases used herein and therein shall be defined by the
applicable definition therefor (if any) in the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code.

                                       2. LOANS

    2.1  Loans made by bank to borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be
evidenced by notes or other instruments issued or made by Borrower to Bank. 
Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or in any notes executed and
delivered by Borrower to Bank in connection herewith, the principal portion of
Borrower's Liabilities shall be payable by Borrower to Bank on the maturity
date(s) described in any such note(s) (as the same may be amended or renewed). 
All costs, fees and expenses payable hereunder or under the Other Agreements,
shall be payable by Borrower to Bank on demand, in either case at Bank's
principal place of business or such other place as bank shall specify in writing
to Borrower.

    2.2  Each loan made by Bank to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or the
Other Agreements shall constitute an automatic warranty and representation by
Borrower to Bank that there does not then exist an "Event of Default" (as
hereinafter defined) or any event or condition which with notice, lapse of time
and/or the making of such loan would constitute an Event of Default.

    2.3  This Agreement shall be in effect until all of Borrower's Liabilities
have been paid in full and any and all commitments of Bank to make loans have
terminated.


                                          2

<PAGE>

    2.4  Bank's commitment to loan shall expire on the earlier of (i) the date
on which Borrower's Liabilities mature under the terms of any note given by
Borrower to Bank, or (ii) the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to
Section 5 hereof.

                                  3. NEGATIVE PLEDGE

    3.1  Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries to
create, incur, permit, or suffer to exist any lien upon any of its property or
assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, except for the following permitted
liens: (a) pledges or deposits made to secure payment of worker's compensation
insurance; (b) liens imposed by mandatory provisions of law such as for
materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen and other liens arising in the ordinary
course of business; (c) liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges of
levies imposed upon the Borrower's income or profits or property, if the same
are not yet due and payable or if the same are being contested in good faith and
as to which adequate cash reserves have been provided; (d) liens arising out of
good faith deposits in connection with tenders, leases, real estate bids or
contracts (other than contracts involving the borrowing of money), pledges, or
deposits to secure (or in lieu of) surety, stay, appeal or customs bonds and
deposits to secure the payment of taxes, assessments, customs duties or similar
charges; (e) encumbrances consisting of zoning restrictions, easements, or other
restrictions on the use of real property, provided that such items do not impair
the use of such property for the purposes intended, and none of which is
violated by existing or proposed structures or land use; and (f) liens
previously disclosed to Bank against Borrower held by any other bank.

                4. WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS; GENERAL

    4.1  Borrower warrants and represents to and covenants with Bank that: (a)
Borrower has the right, power and capacity and is duly authorized and empowered
to enter into, execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the Other
Agreements; (b) the execution, delivery and/or performance by Borrower of this
Agreement and the Other Agreements shall not, by the lapse of time, the giving
of notice otherwise, constitute a violation of any applicable law or a breach of
any provision contained in Borrower's Articles of Incorporation, By-Laws,
Articles of Partnership, Articles of Organization, Operating Agreement or
similar document, or contained in any agreement, instrument or document to which
Borrower is now or hereafter a party or by which it is or may be bound; (c)
Borrower is now and at all times hereafter, shall be solvent and generally
paying its debts as they mature and Borrower now owns and shall at all times
hereafter own property which, at a fair valuation, is greater than the sum of
its debts; (d) Borrower is not and will not be during the term hereof in
violation of any applicable federal, state or local statute, regulation or
ordinance that, in any respect materially and adversely affects its business,
property, assets, operations or condition, financial or otherwise; and (e)
Borrower is not in default with respect to any indenture, loan agreement,
mortgage, deed or other similar agreement relating to the borrowing of monies to
which it is a party or by which it is bound.

    4.2  Borrower warrants and represents to and covenants with Bank that
Borrower shall not, without Bank's prior written consent thereto: (a) enter into
any transaction not in the ordinary course of business which materially and
adversely affects Borrower's ability to repay Borrower's Liabilities, any other
obligations and liabilities of Borrower; (b) other than as specifically
permitted in or contemplated by this Agreement or the Other Agreements,
encumber, pledge, mortgage, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of or transfer,
whether by sale, loan, distribution, merger, consolidation


                                          3

<PAGE>


or otherwise, any of Borrower's assets; and (c) incur Indebtedness except
renewals or extensions of existing Indebtedness and interest thereon, and except
Indebtedness that is unsecured and is to Persons who execute and deliver to Bank
in form and substance acceptable to Bank and its counsel subordination
agreements subordinating their claims against Borrower therefore to the payment
of Borrower's Liabilities.

    4.3  Borrower warrants and represents to and covenants with Bank that
Borrower shall furnish to Bank: (a) as soon as available but not later than
ninety (90) days after the close of each fiscal year of Borrower, financial
statements, which shall include, but not be limited to, balance sheets, income
statements and statements of cash flow of Borrower prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, audited by a
firm of independent certified public accountants selected by Borrower and
acceptable to Bank; (b) as soon as available but not later than thirty (30) days
after the end of each quarter hereafter, financial statements of Borrower
certified by Borrower to be prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles fairly present the financial position and results of
operations of Borrower for such period; and (c) such other data and information
(financial and otherwise) as Bank, from time to time, may request.

    4.4  Borrower warrants and represents to and covenants with Bank that 
Borrower shall not permit its Debt (Total liabilities minus subordinated 
debt) to "Tangible Net Worth" (as hereinafter defined) ratio to be exceed 
1.0:1.0.  Tangible Net Worth shall mean the value of the tangible assets of 
Borrower as determined in accordance with the generally accepted accounting 
principles after subtracting therefrom the aggregate amount of any intangible
assets of Borrower as determined in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles, including without limitation, prepaid expenses, other 
accounts receivable, goodwill, franchises, licenses, patents, trademarks, 
tradenames, copyrights and brand names, minus the aggregate of all contingent 
and non-contingent liabilities of Borrower.

    4.5  Borrower warrants and represents to and covenants with Bank that
Borrower shall, at all times, maintain a minimum "Cash Flow Coverage" ratio of
1.30x.  Cash Flow Coverage shall mean net earnings before taxes plus interest
expense, depreciation expense, amortization expense and other non-cash expense,
minus any amount of capital expenditures not financed by long-term debt; divided
by contractual principal payments and interest expense (inclusive of indirect
contractual principal payments and interest expense) plus any income tax
payments or shareholder distributions.

                                      5. DEFAULT

    5.1   The occurrence of any one of the following events shall constitute a
default by the Borrower ("Event of Default") under this Agreement: (a) if
Borrower fails to pay any of Borrower's Liabilities when due and payable or
declared due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required payment,
acceleration, demand or otherwise) after five (5) days notice; (b) if Borrower
fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any term, provision, condition,
covenant, warranty or representation contained in this Agreement or any of the
Other Agreements after thirty (30) days notice; (c) occurrence of a default or
Event of Default under any of the Other Agreements heretofore, now or at any
time hereafter delivered by or on behalf of Borrower to Bank; (d) occurrence of
a default or an Event of Default under any agreement, instrument or document
heretofore, now or at any time hereafter delivered to Bank by any guarantor of


                                          4

<PAGE>


Borrower's Liabilities or by any Person which has granted to Bank a security
interest or lien in and to some or all of such Person's real or personal
property to secure the payment of Borrower's Liabilities; (e) if any of
Borrower's assets are attached, seized, subjected to a writ, or are levied upon
or become subject to any lien or come within the possession of any receiver,
trustee, custodian or assignee for the benefit of creditors; (f) if a notice of
lien, levy or assessment is filed of record or given to Borrower with respect to
all or any of Borrower's assets by any federal, state, local department or
agency not released within thirty (30) days; (g) if Borrower or any guarantor of
Borrower's Liabilities becomes insolvent or generally fails to pay or admits in
writing its inability to pay debts as they become due, if a petition under Title
II of the United States Code or any similar law or regulation is filed by or
against Borrower or any such guarantor, if Borrower or any such guarantor shall
make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, if any case or proceeding is
filed by or against Borrower or any such guarantor for its dissolution or
liquidation, or if Borrower or any such guarantor is enjoined, restrained or in
any way prevented by court order from conducting all or any material part of its
business affairs; (h) the death or incompetency of Borrower or any guarantor of
Borrower's Liabilities, or the appointment of a conservator for all or any
portion of Borrower's assets; (i) the revocation, termination, or cancellation
of any guaranty of Borrower's Liabilities without written consent of Bank; (j)
if a contribution failure occurs with respect to any pension plan maintained by
Borrower or any corporation, trade or business that is, along with Borrower, a
member of a controlled group of corporations or controlled group of trades or
businesses (as described in Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986 or Section 4001 of ERISA) sufficient to give rise to a lien under
Section 302(f) of ERISA; (k) if Borrower or any guarantor of Borrower's
Liabilities is in default in the payment of any obligations, indebtedness or
other liabilities to any third party and such default is declared and is not
cured within the time, if any, specified therefor in any agreement governing the
same; (l) if any material statement, report of certificate made or delivered by
Borrower, any of Borrower's partners, officers, employees or agents or any
guarantor of Borrower's Liabilities is not true and correct; or (m) if Bank is
reasonably insecure.

    5.2  All of Bank's rights and remedies under this Agreement and the Other
Agreements are cumulative and non-exclusive.

    5.3  Upon an Event of Default or the occurrence of any one of the events
described in Paragraph 5.1, without notice by Bank to or demand by Bank of
Borrower, Bank shall have no further obligation to and may then forthwith cease
advancing monies or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under
this Agreement and the Other Agreements.  Upon an Event of Default, without
notice by Bank to Borrower, Borrower's Liabilities shall be due and payable,
forthwith.

    5.4  Any notice required to be given by Bank to Borrower deposited in the
United States mail, postage prepaid shall be delivered by registered or
certified mail to the address specified at the beginning of this Agreement not
less than ten (10) days prior to such proposed action, shall constitute
commercially reasonable and fair notice to Borrower thereof.

    5.5  Under an Event of Default Borrower waives and releases any cause of
action and claim against Bank's possession or collection of the monies,
reserves, deposits, deposit accounts and interest or dividends thereof, cash or
cash equivalents, collectively the "Monies", in conjunction with this Loan
Agreement.


                                          5
<PAGE>



                                     6.  GENERAL

    6.1  Borrower waives the right to direct the application of any and all
payments at any time or times hereafter received by Bank on account of
Borrower's Liabilities and Borrower agrees that Bank shall have the continuing
exclusive right to apply and re-apply any and all such payments in such manner
as Bank may deem advisable, notwithstanding any entry by Bank upon any of its
books and records.

    6.2  This Agreement and the Other Agreements shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the heirs, representatives, successors and assigns of
Borrower and Bank.

    6.3  Bank's failure to require strict performance by Borrower of any 
provision of this Agreement shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of 
Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance therewith.  Any 
suspension or waiver by Bank of an Event of Default by Borrower under this 
Agreement or the Other Agreements shall not suspend, waive or affect any 
other Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement or the Other 
Agreements, whether the same is prior or subsequent thereto and whether of 
the same or of a different type.  None of the undertakings, agreements, 
warranties, covenants and representations of Borrower contained in this 
Agreement or the Other Agreements and no Event of Default by Borrower under 
this Agreement or the Other Agreements shall be deemed to have been suspended 
or waived by Bank unless such suspension or waiver is by an instrument in 
writing signed by an officer of Bank and directed to Borrower specifying such 
suspension or waiver.

    6.4  If any provision of this Agreement or the Other Agreements or the
application thereof to any person, entity or circumstance is held invalid or
unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the Other Agreements and the
application of such provision to other Persons, or circumstances will not be
affected thereby and the provisions of this Agreement and the Other Agreements
shall be severable in any such instance.

    6.5  Borrower hereby appoints Bank as Borrower's agent and attorney-in-fact
for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any
action and executing any agreement, instrument or document which Bank may
reasonably deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof which
appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest.  All monies paid for
the purposes herein, and all costs, fees and expenses paid or incurred in
connection therewith, shall be part of Borrower's Liabilities, payable by
Borrower to Bank on demand.

    6.6  Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, Borrower
waives any and all notice or demand which Borrower might be entitled to receive
by virtue of any applicable statute or law, and waives presentment, demand and
protest and notice of presentment, protest, default, dishonor, non-payment,
maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any and all
agreements, instruments or documents at any time held by Bank on which Borrower
may in any way be liable.

    6.7  Except as otherwise provided in the Other Agreements, if any provision
contained in this Agreement is in conflict with, or inconsistent with any
provision in the Other Agreements, the provision of this Agreement shall
control.


                                          6

<PAGE>



    6.8  The terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Other Agreements
shall supersede any prior agreement or understanding of the parties hereto, and
contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the matters
covered herein.  This Agreement and the Other Agreements may not be modified,
altered, or amended except by an agreement in writing signed by Borrower and
Bank.  This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any
portion or component of Borrower's Liabilities shall be outstanding.  All of
Borrower's warranties, representations, undertakings, and covenants contained in
this Agreement or the Other Agreements shall survive the termination or
cancellation of the same.  Should a claim ("Recovery Claim") be made upon the
Bank at any time for recovery of any amount received by the Bank in payment of
Borrower's Liabilities (whether received from Borrower or otherwise) and should
the Bank repay all or part of said amount by reason of (1) any judgment, decree
or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over Bank or
any of its property; (2) any settlement or compromise of any such Recovery Claim
effected by the Bank with the claimant (including Borrower), this Agreement and
the security interests granted Bank hereunder shall continue in effect with
respect to the amount so repaid to the same extent as if such amount had never
originally been received by the Bank, notwithstanding any prior termination of
this Agreement, the return of this Agreement to Borrower, or the cancellation of
any note or other instrument evidencing Borrower's Liabilities.

    6.9  This Agreement and the Other Agreements shall be governed and
controlled by the internal laws of the State of Illinois and not the law of
conflicts.

    6.10 If at any time or times hereafter, whether or not Borrower's
Liabilities are outstanding at such time, Bank: (a) employs counsel for advice
or other representation, (i) with respect to this Agreement, the Other
Agreements or the administration of Borrower's Liabilities, (ii) to represent
Bank in any litigation, arbitration contest, dispute, suit or proceeding or to
commence, defend or intervene or to take any other action in or with respect to
any litigation, contest, dispute, suit or proceeding (whether instituted by
Bank, Borrower or any other Person ) in any way or respect relating to this
Agreement, the Other Agreements, or Borrower's affairs, or (iii) to enforce any
rights of Bank against Borrower or any other Person which may be obligated to
Bank by virtue of this Agreement or the Other Agreements; (b) takes any action
with respect to administration of Borrower's Liabilities; and/or (c) attempts to
or enforces any of Bank's rights or remedies under this Agreement or the Other
Agreements, the reasonable costs, fees and expenses incurred by Bank with
respect to the foregoing, shall be part of Borrower's Liabilities, payable by
Borrower to Bank on demand.

    6.11 BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT, SUBJECT TO BANK'S SOLE AND ABSOLUTE
ELECTION, ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS IN ANY WAY, MANNER OR RESPECT, ARISING OUT
OF OR FROM OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER AGREEMENTS SHALL BE
LITIGATED ONLY IN COURTS HAVING SITUS WITHIN THE CITY OF CHICAGO, STATE OF
ILLINOIS, AND BORROWER HEREBY CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY
LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN SAID CITY AND STATE.  BORROWER
HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRANSFER OR CHANGE THE VENUE OF ANY
LITIGATION BROUGHT AGAINST BORROWER BY BANK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS PARAGRAPH.


                                          7

<PAGE>

    6.12 BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
ACTION, SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM OR PROCEEDING (I) TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS
UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER AGREEMENTS, OR ANY
AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH MAY IN THE
FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH, OR (II) ARISING FROM
ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATED TO THIS
AGREEMENT, THE OTHER AGREEMENTS OR ANY SUCH AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR
AGREEMENT, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM OR PROCEEDING
SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.


    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Agreement has been duly executed as of the day and
year specified at the beginning hereof.

BORROWER:

WHITTMAN-HART,INC., a
Delaware corporation

By: /s/ Kevin M. Gaskey
   ----------------------------------
   Kevin M. Gaskey, Chief Financial Officer


    Accepted this 25th day of July, 1996, at Bank's principal place of business
in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois.

AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK AND
 TRUST COMPANY OF CHICAGO

By: /s/ Andrew P. Salski
   ----------------------------------

Print or Type Name:  Andrew P. Salski
                     ----------------

Its:  2nd Vice President
      -------------------------------


                                          8


<PAGE>

[LOGO]                                                    American National Bank
                                                    and Trust Company of Chicago

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             PROMISSORY NOTE (UNSECURED)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


$5,000,000.00

                                                Chicago, Illinois  July 25, 1996
                                                             Due  April 30, 1997


       FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (jointly and severally if more than
one) ("Borrower"), promises to pay to the order of AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK AND
TRUST COMPANY OF CHICAGO ("Bank"), at its principal place of business in
Chicago, Illinois or such other place as Bank may designate from time to time
hereafter, the principal sum of FIVE MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS, or such lesser
principal sum as may then be owed by Borrower to Bank hereunder.

       Borrower's obligations and liabilities to Bank under this Note
("Borrower's Liabilities") shall be due and payable on April 30, 1997.

       The unpaid principal balance of Borrower's Liabilities due hereunder
shall bear interest from the date of disbursement until paid, computed as
follows: AT A DAILY RATE EQUAL TO THE DAILY RATE EQUIVALENT OF 0.0% PER ANNUM
(computed on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed) in excess of
the rate of interest announced or published publicly from time to time by Bank
as its prime or base rate of interest (the "Base Rate"), or at 1.5% in excess of
LIBOR, as elected from time to time by Borrower as set forth on the LONDON
INTERBANK OFFERING RATE AGREEMENT, which is attached hereto and made a part of
this Note; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event that any of Borrower's
Liabilities are not paid when due, the unpaid amount of Borrower's Liabilities
shall bear interest after the due date until paid at a rate equal to the sum of
the rate that would otherwise be in effect plus 3%.

       The rate of interest to be charged by Bank to Borrower shall fluctuate
hereafter from time to time concurrently with, and in an amount equal to, each
increase or decrease in the Base Rate, whichever is applicable.

       Accrued interest shall be payable by Borrower to Bank on the same day of
each month, and at maturity, commencing with the last day of August, 1996 or as
billed by Bank to Borrower, at Bank's principal place of business, or at such
other place as Bank may designate from time to time hereafter.  After maturity,
accrued interest on all of Borrower's Liabilities shall be payable on demand.

       Borrower warrants and represents to Bank that Borrower shall use the
proceeds represented by this Note solely for proper business purposes and
consistently with all applicable laws and statutes.

       Any deposits or other sums at any time credited by or payable or due
from Bank to Borrower, or any monies, cash, cash equivalents, securities,
instruments, documents or other assets of Borrower in the possession or control
of Bank or its bailee for any purpose, may be reduced to cash and applied by
Bank to or setoff by Bank against Borrower's Liabilities.

       The occurrence of any one of the following events shall constitute a
default by the Borrower ("Event of Default") under this Note: (a) if Borrower
fails to pay any of Borrower's Liabilities when due and payable or declared due
and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required payment, acceleration,
demand or otherwise) with five (5) days notice; (b) if Borrower or any guarantor
of any of Borrower's Liabilities fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe
any term, provision, condition, covenant, warranty or representation contained
in this Note, with thirty (30) days notice; (c) occurrence of a default or an
event of default under any agreement, instrument or document heretofore, now or
at any time hereafter delivered by or on behalf of Borrower to Bank; (d) if any
of Borrower's assets are attached, seized, subjected to a writ, or are levied
upon or become subject to any lien or come within the possession of any
receiver, trustee, custodian or assignee for the


<PAGE>

benefit of creditors; (e) if a notice of lien, levy or assessment is filed of
record or given to Borrower with respect to all or any of Borrower's assets by
any federal, state or local department or agency; (f) if Borrower or any
guarantor of Borrower's Liabilities becomes insolvent or generally fails to pay
or admits in writing its inability to pay debts as they become due, if a
petition under Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar law or
regulation is filed by or against Borrower or any such guarantor, if Borrower or
any such guarantor shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, if any
case or proceeding is filed by or against Borrower or any such guarantor for its
dissolution or liquidation, or if Borrower or any such guarantor is enjoined,
restrained or in any way prevented by court order from conducting all or any
material part of its business affairs; (g) the death or incompetency of Borrower
or any guarantor of Borrower's Liabilities, or the appointment of a conservator
for all or any portion of Borrower's assets; (h) the revocation, termination or
cancellation of any guaranty of Borrower's Liabilities without written consent
of Bank; (i) if a contribution failure occurs with respect to any pension plan
maintained by Borrower or any corporation, trade or business that is, along with
Borrower, a member of a controlled group of corporations or a controlled group
of trades or businesses (as described in Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986 or Section 4001 of the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended, "ERISA") sufficient to give rise to a lien under
Section 302(f) of ERISA; (j) if Borrower or any guarantor of Borrower's
Liabilities is in default in the payment of any obligations, indebtedness or
other liabilities to any third party and such default is declared and is not
cured within the time, if any, specified therefor in any agreement governing the
same; (k) if any material statement, report or certificate made or delivered by
Borrower, any of Borrower's partners, officers, employees or agents or any
guarantor of Borrower's Liabilities is not true and correct; or (l) if Bank is
reasonably insecure.

       Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, at Bank's option, without
notice by Bank to or demand by Bank of Borrower, all of Borrower's Liabilities
shall be immediately due and payable.

       All of Bank's rights and remedies under this Note are cumulative and
non-exclusive.  The acceptance by Bank of any partial payment made hereunder
after the time when any of Borrower's Liabilities become due and payable will
not establish a custom or waive any rights of Bank to enforce prompt payment
hereof.  Bank's failure to require strict performance by Borrower of any
provision of this Note shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of Bank
thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance therewith.  Any waiver of
an Event of Default hereunder shall not suspend, waive or affect any other Event
of Default hereunder.  Borrower and every endorser waive presentment, demand and
protest and notice of presentment, protest, default, non-payment, maturity,
release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of this Note, and hereby
ratify and confirm whatever Bank may do in this regard.  Borrower further waives
any and all notice or demand to which Borrower might be entitled with respect to
this Note by virtue of any applicable statute or law (to the extent permitted by
law).

       Borrower agrees to pay, immediately upon demand by Bank, any and all
costs, fees and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and
expenses) incurred by Bank (i) in enforcing any of Bank's rights hereunder, and
(ii) in representing Bank in any litigation, contest, suit or dispute, or to
commence, defend or intervene or to take any action with respect to any
litigation, contest, suit or dispute (whether instituted by Bank, Borrower or
any other person) in any way relating to this Note or Borrower's Liabilities,
and to the extent not paid the same shall become part of Borrower's Liabilities.

       This Note shall be deemed to have been submitted by Borrower to Bank and
to have been made at Bank's principal place of business.  This Note shall be
governed and controlled by the internal laws of the State of Illinois and not
the law of conflicts.

       Advances under this Note may be made by Bank upon oral or written
request of any person authorized to make such requests on behalf of Borrower
("Authorized Person").  Borrower agrees that Bank may act on requests which Bank
in good faith believes to be made by an Authorized Person, regardless of whether
such requests are in fact made by an Authorized Person.  Any such advance shall
be conclusively presumed to have been made by Bank to or for the benefit of
Borrower.  Borrower does hereby irrevocably confirm, ratify and approve all such
advances by Bank and agrees to indemnify Bank against any and all losses and
expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) and shall hold Bank harmless
with respect thereto.

       TO INDUCE BANK TO ACCEPT THIS NOTE, BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT,
SUBJECT TO BANK'S SOLE AND ABSOLUTE ELECTION, ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS IN ANY


<PAGE>

WAY, MANNER OR RESPECT, ARISING OUT OF OR FROM OR RELATED TO THIS NOTE SHALL BE
LITIGATED IN COURTS HAVING SITUS WITHIN THE CITY OF CHICAGO, STATE OF ILLINOIS. 
BORROWER HEREBY CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY LOCAL, STATE OR
FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN SAID CITY AND STATE.  BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY
RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRANSFER OR CHANGE THE VENUE OF ANY LITIGATION BROUGHT
AGAINST BORROWER BY BANK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS PARAGRAPH.

       BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION,
SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM OR PROCEEDING (I) TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS UNDER OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE OR ANY AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT
DELIVERED OR WHICH MAY IN THE FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR
(II) ARISING FROM ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATED TO
THIS NOTE OR ANY SUCH AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT, AND AGREES
THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A
COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.

                                            BORROWER:

                                            WHITTMAN-HART, INC., a
311 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3500          Delaware corporation
- -----------------------------------

Chicago, Illinois 60606-6618                By: /s/ Kevin M. Gaskey
- -----------------------------------            --------------------------------
Address                                        Kevin M. Gaskey,
                                               Chief Financial Officer

36-3298997
- -----------------------------------
FEIN OR SSN

<PAGE>

                  LONDON INTERBANK OFFERED RATE BORROWING AGREEMENT


        A.      Borrower has requested and Bank has agreed to extend an
                interest rate option of 1.5% per annum in excess of the LIBOR;
                and

        B.      Borrower has executed a Promissory Note (Unsecured) dated July
                25, 1996, in the amount of $5,000,000.00 in favor of Bank (the
                "Note") which reflects the LIBOR option.

        NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of any loan, advnace, extension of
credit and/or other financial accommodation at any time made by bank to or for
the benefit of Borrower, and of the promises set forth herein, the parties
hereto agree as follows:

                              1.  DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

        1.1     The following words, terms and/or phrases shall have the
meanings set forth thereafter and such meanings shall be applicable to the
singular and plural form thereof; whenever the context so requires, the use of
"it" in reference to Borrower shall mean Borrower as identified at the beginning
of this Agreement:

                (a)    "AMORTIZATION DATE":  the dates specified in the Note
                       when principal payments are due.

                (b)    "BORROWING":  any portion of Borrower's liabilities
                       bearing interest at LIBOR.

                (c)    "BUSINESS DAY":  any day on which Bank is open for
                       regular business.

                (d)    "EVENT OF DEFAULT":  the definition ascribed to this term
                       in the Note.

                (e)    "INTEREST PERIOD":  the period commencing on the date a
                       LIBOR Loan is made and ending, as the Borrower may
                       select, 30, 60 or 90 days thereafter.

                (f)    "LIBOR LOANS":  any principal portion of Borrower's
                       liabilities bearing interest at LIBOR.

                (g)    "LIBOR MARGIN":  1.5%

                (h)    "MATURITY DATE":  the date specified in the Note upon
                       which the Borrower's libilities are due and payable in
                       full.

        1.2     Any terms or phrases not specificially defined in this
Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Note.

                             2.  MANNER OF LIBOR ELECTION

        2.1     Borrower may elect to cause all or a portion of the principal
outstanding on the Notes to bear interest at a daily rate equal to the daily
rate equivalent of 1.5% in excess of LIBOR, subject to the following conditions:

        (a)     Not more than five (5) nor less than two (2) Business Days
                prior to the requested date of any LIBOR Borrowing, Borrower
                shall deliver to Bank an irrevocable written or telephonic
                notice setting forth the requested date and amount of such
                Borrowing (which amount shall not be less than $500,000.00 and,
                if in excess of $500,000.00, shall be in integral multiples of
                $500,000.00) and the requested Interest Period of such
                Borrowing;

        (b)     The LIBOR used in computing the interest rate applicable to
                such Borrowing shall be the LIBOR as quoted by Bank to Borrower
                as being in effect for the date of such Borrowing plus


<PAGE>

                the LIBOR Margin, computed on the basis of a 360-day year and
                actual days elapsed, and shall be fixed for the requested
                period of such Borrowing;

        (c)     Such Borrowing may not be prepaid prior to the expiration of
                the requested Interest Period of such Borrowing and shall be
                repaid in full on the last day of the requested Interest Period
                of such Borrowing;

        (d)     With respect to any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, Borrower may not
                select an Interest Period that extends beyond the Maturity Date
                of the Note; and

        (e)     With repect to any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans under the Note,
                Borrower may not select an Interest Period that extends beyond
                any Amortization Date unless, after giving effect to such
                requested Borrowing, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
                such Loans having Maturity Dates after such Amortization Date
                does not exceed the aggregate principal amount of the Note
                scheduled to be outstanding after such Amortization Date.

        2.2     In the event Borrower fails to give notice pursuant to Section
2.1(a) above of the reborrowing of the principal amount of any maturing LIBOR
Borrowing and has not notified the Bank by 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the day
such Borrowing matures that it intends to renew such Borrowing, then Borrower
shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base or Prime Rate Loans (as
defined in the Note) on such day in the amount of the maturing Borrowing.

                                3.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

        3.1     FUNDING INDEMNITY.  In the event Bank shall incur any loss,
cost or expense (including, without limitation, any loss of profit, and any
loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or re-employment of
deposits or other funds acquired by such Bank to fund or maintain any LIBOR Loan
or the relending or reinvesting of such deposits or amounts paid or prepaid to
such Bank) as a result of:

        (a)     any payment or prepayment of a LIBOR Loan on a date other than
                the last day of its Interest Period,

        (b)     any failure by Borrower to borrow a LIBOR Loan on the date
                specified in a notice given pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof,

        (c)     any failure by Borrower to make any payment of principal on any
                LIBOR Loan when due (whether by acceleration or otherwise), or

        (d)     any acceleration of the maturity of a LIBOR Loan as a result of
                the occurrence of any Event of Default,

then, upon the demand of Bank, Borrower shall pay to Bank such amount as will
reimburse Bank for such loss, cost or expense.  If Bank makes such a claim for
compensation, it shall provide to Borrower a certificate executed by an officer
of Bank setting forth the amount of such loss, cost or expense in reasonable
detail (including an explanation of the basis for the computation of such loss,
cost or expense) and the amounts shown on such certificate if reasonably
calculated shall be conclusive.

        3.2     AVAILABILITY OF LIBOR LOANS.  If Bank determines that 
maintenance of its Loans would violate any applicable law, rule, regulation, 
or directive, whether or not having the force of law, or if Bank determines 
that deposits of a type and maturity appropriate to match fund LIBOR Loans 
are not available to it then Bank shall forthwith give notice thereof to 
Borrower, whereupon, until Bank notifies Borrower that the circumstances 
giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the obligations of the Bank 
to make LIBOR Loans shall be suspended.


<PAGE>

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of the day
and year specified at the beginning hereof.


                                  BORROWER:

                                  WHITTMAN-HART, INC., a Delaware corporation


                                  By:  /s/ Kevin M. Gaskey
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                     Kevin M. Gaskey, Chief Financial Officer


        Accepted this 25th day of July, 1996, at Bank's principal place of
business in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois.


                                  AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK AND TRUST
                                   COMPANY OF CHICAGO


                                  By:  /s/ Andrew P. Salski
                                     ------------------------------------------

                                  Its: Second Vice President
                                      -----------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 11.1

WHITTMAN-HART, INC.
STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,  
                                                         1996           1995            1996           1995     
                                                       --------       --------        --------       --------  
                                                                                     
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
Net income                                            $ 1,077,056    $  475,000      $ 1,744,688    $  805,706  
Pro forma adjustment to provision for income taxes           --         173,701             --         301,701  
                                                      -----------    ----------      -----------    ----------  
Net income attributable to common stock (pro                                                                    
  forma in 1995)                                      $ 1,077,056    $  301,299      $ 1,744,688    $  504,005  
                                                      -----------    ----------      -----------    ----------  
                                                      -----------    ----------      -----------    ----------  
                                                                                                                
Weighted average common shares outstanding              7,701,024     5,654,422        6,548,231     5,645,453  
Effect of stock options calculated according to the                                                             
  treasury stock method                                   669,662       547,390          611,369       547,390  
Conversion of redeemable preferred stock                  336,202       956,074          646,138       956,074  
                                                      -----------    ----------      -----------    ----------  
Weighted average common and common equivalent                                                                   
  shares outstanding                                    8,706,888     7,157,886        7,805,738     7,148,917  
                                                      -----------    ----------      -----------    ----------  
                                                      -----------    ----------      -----------    ----------  
Net income per share (pro forma in 1995)              $      0.12    $     0.04      $      0.22    $     0.07  
                                                      -----------    ----------      -----------    ----------  
                                                      -----------    ----------      -----------    ----------  

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1


                                 ACCOUNTANTS' CONSENT
                                           




The Board of Directors and Stockholders
  Whittman-Hart, Inc.:



We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our
firm under the headings "Selected Financial Data" and "Experts" in the
Prospectus.




                                       /S/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

                                       KPMG Peat Marwick LLP



Chicago, Illinois
August 5, 1996


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE BALANCE
SHEET AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND THE STATEMENT OF EARNINGS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, 1996, AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1996
<CASH>                                          26,102
<SECURITIES>                                     7,007
<RECEIVABLES>                                   14,311
<ALLOWANCES>                                       212
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                48,573
<PP&E>                                           7,261
<DEPRECIATION>                                   1,984
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  54,152
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            7,924
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             9
<OTHER-SE>                                      45,515
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    54,152
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                38,863
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   23,362
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                12,962
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   237
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  47
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  2,843
<INCOME-TAX>                                     1,099
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              1,745
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     1,745
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.22
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.22
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission